Comscore

  • Newsletters
  • Best Industries
  • Business Plans
  • Home-Based Business
  • The UPS Store
  • Customer Service
  • Black in Business
  • Your Next Move
  • Female Founders
  • Best Workplaces
  • Company Culture
  • Public Speaking
  • HR/Benefits
  • Productivity
  • All the Hats
  • Digital Transformation
  • Artificial Intelligence
  • Bringing Innovation to Market
  • Cloud Computing
  • Social Media
  • Data Detectives
  • Exit Interview
  • Bootstrapping
  • Crowdfunding
  • Venture Capital
  • Business Models
  • Personal Finance
  • Founder-Friendly Investors
  • Upcoming Events
  • Inc. 5000 Vision Conference
  • Become a Sponsor
  • Cox Business
  • Verizon Business
  • Branded Content
  • Apply Inc. 5000 US

Inc. Premium

Subscribe to Inc. Magazine

How to Write the Financial Section of a Business Plan

An outline of your company's growth strategy is essential to a business plan, but it just isn't complete without the numbers to back it up. here's some advice on how to include things like a sales forecast, expense budget, and cash-flow statement..

Hands pointing to a engineer's drawing

A business plan is all conceptual until you start filling in the numbers and terms. The sections about your marketing plan and strategy are interesting to read, but they don't mean a thing if you can't justify your business with good figures on the bottom line. You do this in a distinct section of your business plan for financial forecasts and statements. The financial section of a business plan is one of the most essential components of the plan, as you will need it if you have any hope of winning over investors or obtaining a bank loan. Even if you don't need financing, you should compile a financial forecast in order to simply be successful in steering your business. "This is what will tell you whether the business will be viable or whether you are wasting your time and/or money," says Linda Pinson, author of Automate Your Business Plan for Windows  (Out of Your Mind 2008) and Anatomy of a Business Plan (Out of Your Mind 2008), who runs a publishing and software business Out of Your Mind and Into the Marketplace . "In many instances, it will tell you that you should not be going into this business." The following will cover what the financial section of a business plan is, what it should include, and how you should use it to not only win financing but to better manage your business.

Dig Deeper: Generating an Accurate Sales Forecast

Editor's Note: Looking for Business Loans for your company? If you would like information to help you choose the one that's right for you, use the questionnaire below to have our partner, BuyerZone, provide you with information for free:

How to Write the Financial Section of a Business Plan: The Purpose of the Financial Section Let's start by explaining what the financial section of a business plan is not. Realize that the financial section is not the same as accounting. Many people get confused about this because the financial projections that you include--profit and loss, balance sheet, and cash flow--look similar to accounting statements your business generates. But accounting looks back in time, starting today and taking a historical view. Business planning or forecasting is a forward-looking view, starting today and going into the future. "You don't do financials in a business plan the same way you calculate the details in your accounting reports," says Tim Berry, president and founder of Palo Alto Software, who blogs at Bplans.com and is writing a book, The Plan-As-You-Go Business Plan. "It's not tax reporting. It's an elaborate educated guess." What this means, says Berry, is that you summarize and aggregate more than you might with accounting, which deals more in detail. "You don't have to imagine all future asset purchases with hypothetical dates and hypothetical depreciation schedules to estimate future depreciation," he says. "You can just guess based on past results. And you don't spend a lot of time on minute details in a financial forecast that depends on an educated guess for sales." The purpose of the financial section of a business plan is two-fold. You're going to need it if you are seeking investment from venture capitalists, angel investors, or even smart family members. They are going to want to see numbers that say your business will grow--and quickly--and that there is an exit strategy for them on the horizon, during which they can make a profit. Any bank or lender will also ask to see these numbers as well to make sure you can repay your loan. But the most important reason to compile this financial forecast is for your own benefit, so you understand how you project your business will do. "This is an ongoing, living document. It should be a guide to running your business," Pinson says. "And at any particular time you feel you need funding or financing, then you are prepared to go with your documents." If there is a rule of thumb when filling in the numbers in the financial section of your business plan, it's this: Be realistic. "There is a tremendous problem with the hockey-stick forecast" that projects growth as steady until it shoots up like the end of a hockey stick, Berry says. "They really aren't credible." Berry, who acts as an angel investor with the Willamette Angel Conference, says that while a startling growth trajectory is something that would-be investors would love to see, it's most often not a believable growth forecast. "Everyone wants to get involved in the next Google or Twitter, but every plan seems to have this hockey stick forecast," he says. "Sales are going along flat, but six months from now there is a huge turn and everything gets amazing, assuming they get the investors' money."  The way you come up a credible financial section for your business plan is to demonstrate that it's realistic. One way, Berry says, is to break the figures into components, by sales channel or target market segment, and provide realistic estimates for sales and revenue. "It's not exactly data, because you're still guessing the future. But if you break the guess into component guesses and look at each one individually, it somehow feels better," Berry says. "Nobody wins by overly optimistic or overly pessimistic forecasts."

Dig Deeper: What Angel Investors Look For

How to Write the Financial Section of a Business Plan: The Components of a Financial Section

A financial forecast isn't necessarily compiled in sequence. And you most likely won't present it in the final document in the same sequence you compile the figures and documents. Berry says that it's typical to start in one place and jump back and forth. For example, what you see in the cash-flow plan might mean going back to change estimates for sales and expenses.  Still, he says that it's easier to explain in sequence, as long as you understand that you don't start at step one and go to step six without looking back--a lot--in between.

  • Start with a sales forecast. Set up a spreadsheet projecting your sales over the course of three years. Set up different sections for different lines of sales and columns for every month for the first year and either on a monthly or quarterly basis for the second and third years. "Ideally you want to project in spreadsheet blocks that include one block for unit sales, one block for pricing, a third block that multiplies units times price to calculate sales, a fourth block that has unit costs, and a fifth that multiplies units times unit cost to calculate cost of sales (also called COGS or direct costs)," Berry says. "Why do you want cost of sales in a sales forecast? Because you want to calculate gross margin. Gross margin is sales less cost of sales, and it's a useful number for comparing with different standard industry ratios." If it's a new product or a new line of business, you have to make an educated guess. The best way to do that, Berry says, is to look at past results.
  • Create an expenses budget. You're going to need to understand how much it's going to cost you to actually make the sales you have forecast. Berry likes to differentiate between fixed costs (i.e., rent and payroll) and variable costs (i.e., most advertising and promotional expenses), because it's a good thing for a business to know. "Lower fixed costs mean less risk, which might be theoretical in business schools but are very concrete when you have rent and payroll checks to sign," Berry says. "Most of your variable costs are in those direct costs that belong in your sales forecast, but there are also some variable expenses, like ads and rebates and such." Once again, this is a forecast, not accounting, and you're going to have to estimate things like interest and taxes. Berry recommends you go with simple math. He says multiply estimated profits times your best-guess tax percentage rate to estimate taxes. And then multiply your estimated debts balance times an estimated interest rate to estimate interest.
  • Develop a cash-flow statement. This is the statement that shows physical dollars moving in and out of the business. "Cash flow is king," Pinson says. You base this partly on your sales forecasts, balance sheet items, and other assumptions. If you are operating an existing business, you should have historical documents, such as profit and loss statements and balance sheets from years past to base these forecasts on. If you are starting a new business and do not have these historical financial statements, you start by projecting a cash-flow statement broken down into 12 months. Pinson says that it's important to understand when compiling this cash-flow projection that you need to choose a realistic ratio for how many of your invoices will be paid in cash, 30 days, 60 days, 90 days and so on. You don't want to be surprised that you only collect 80 percent of your invoices in the first 30 days when you are counting on 100 percent to pay your expenses, she says. Some business planning software programs will have these formulas built in to help you make these projections.
  • Income projections. This is your pro forma profit and loss statement, detailing forecasts for your business for the coming three years. Use the numbers that you put in your sales forecast, expense projections, and cash flow statement. "Sales, lest cost of sales, is gross margin," Berry says. "Gross margin, less expenses, interest, and taxes, is net profit."
  • Deal with assets and liabilities. You also need a projected balance sheet. You have to deal with assets and liabilities that aren't in the profits and loss statement and project the net worth of your business at the end of the fiscal year. Some of those are obvious and affect you at only the beginning, like startup assets. A lot are not obvious. "Interest is in the profit and loss, but repayment of principle isn't," Berry says. "Taking out a loan, giving out a loan, and inventory show up only in assets--until you pay for them." So the way to compile this is to start with assets, and estimate what you'll have on hand, month by month for cash, accounts receivable (money owed to you), inventory if you have it, and substantial assets like land, buildings, and equipment. Then figure out what you have as liabilities--meaning debts. That's money you owe because you haven't paid bills (which is called accounts payable) and the debts you have because of outstanding loans.
  • Breakeven analysis. The breakeven point, Pinson says, is when your business's expenses match your sales or service volume. The three-year income projection will enable you to undertake this analysis. "If your business is viable, at a certain period of time your overall revenue will exceed your overall expenses, including interest." This is an important analysis for potential investors, who want to know that they are investing in a fast-growing business with an exit strategy.

Dig Deeper: How to Price Business Services

How to Write the Financial Section of a Business Plan: How to Use the Financial Section One of the biggest mistakes business people make is to look at their business plan, and particularly the financial section, only once a year. "I like to quote former President Dwight D. Eisenhower," says Berry. "'The plan is useless, but planning is essential.' What people do wrong is focus on the plan, and once the plan is done, it's forgotten. It's really a shame, because they could have used it as a tool for managing the company." In fact, Berry recommends that business executives sit down with the business plan once a month and fill in the actual numbers in the profit and loss statement and compare those numbers with projections. And then use those comparisons to revise projections in the future. Pinson also recommends that you undertake a financial statement analysis to develop a study of relationships and compare items in your financial statements, compare financial statements over time, and even compare your statements to those of other businesses. Part of this is a ratio analysis. She recommends you do some homework and find out some of the prevailing ratios used in your industry for liquidity analysis, profitability analysis, and debt and compare those standard ratios with your own. "This is all for your benefit," she says. "That's what financial statements are for. You should be utilizing your financial statements to measure your business against what you did in prior years or to measure your business against another business like yours."  If you are using your business plan to attract investment or get a loan, you may also include a business financial history as part of the financial section. This is a summary of your business from its start to the present. Sometimes a bank might have a section like this on a loan application. If you are seeking a loan, you may need to add supplementary documents to the financial section, such as the owner's financial statements, listing assets and liabilities. All of the various calculations you need to assemble the financial section of a business plan are a good reason to look for business planning software, so you can have this on your computer and make sure you get this right. Software programs also let you use some of your projections in the financial section to create pie charts or bar graphs that you can use elsewhere in your business plan to highlight your financials, your sales history, or your projected income over three years. "It's a pretty well-known fact that if you are going to seek equity investment from venture capitalists or angel investors," Pinson says, "they do like visuals."

Dig Deeper: How to Protect Your Margins in a Downturn

Related Links: Making It All Add Up: The Financial Section of a Business Plan One of the major benefits of creating a business plan is that it forces entrepreneurs to confront their company's finances squarely. Persuasive Projections You can avoid some of the most common mistakes by following this list of dos and don'ts. Making Your Financials Add Up No business plan is complete until it contains a set of financial projections that are not only inspiring but also logical and defensible. How many years should my financial projections cover for a new business? Some guidelines on what to include. Recommended Resources: Bplans.com More than 100 free sample business plans, plus articles, tips, and tools for developing your plan. Planning, Startups, Stories: Basic Business Numbers An online video in author Tim Berry's blog, outlining what you really need to know about basic business numbers. Out of Your Mind and Into the Marketplace Linda Pinson's business selling books and software for business planning. Palo Alto Software Business-planning tools and information from the maker of the Business Plan Pro software. U.S. Small Business Administration Government-sponsored website aiding small and midsize businesses. Financial Statement Section of a Business Plan for Start-Ups A guide to writing the financial section of a business plan developed by SCORE of northeastern Massachusetts.

Editorial Disclosure: Inc. writes about products and services in this and other articles. These articles are editorially independent - that means editors and reporters research and write on these products free of any influence of any marketing or sales departments. In other words, no one is telling our reporters or editors what to write or to include any particular positive or negative information about these products or services in the article. The article's content is entirely at the discretion of the reporter and editor. You will notice, however, that sometimes we include links to these products and services in the articles. When readers click on these links, and buy these products or services, Inc may be compensated. This e-commerce based advertising model - like every other ad on our article pages - has no impact on our editorial coverage. Reporters and editors don't add those links, nor will they manage them. This advertising model, like others you see on Inc, supports the independent journalism you find on this site.

The Daily Digest for Entrepreneurs and Business Leaders

Privacy Policy

AI ASSISTANTS

Upmetrics AI Your go-to AI-powered business assistant

AI Writing Assist Write, translate, and refine your text with AI

AI Financial Assist Automated forecasts and AI recommendations

TOP FEATURES

AI Business Plan Generator Create business plans faster with AI

Financial Forecasting Make accurate financial forecasts faster

INTEGRATIONS

QuickBooks Sync and compare with your QuickBooks data

Strategic Planning Develop actionable strategic plans on-the-go

AI Pitch Deck Generator Use AI to generate your investor deck

Xero Sync and compare with your Xero data

See how easy it is to plan your business with Upmetrics: Take a Tour  →

AI-powered business planning software

Very useful business plan software connected to AI. Saved a lot of time, money and energy. Their team is highly skilled and always here to help.

- Julien López

BY USE CASE

Secure Funding, Loans, Grants Create plans that get you funded

Starting & Launching a Business Plan your business for launch and success

Validate Your Business Idea Discover the potential of your business idea

E2 Visa Business Plan Create a business plan to support your E2 - Visa

Business Consultant & Advisors Plan with your team members and clients

Incubators & Accelerators Empowering startups for growth

Business Schools & Educators Simplify business plan education for students

Students & Learners Your e-tutor for business planning

  • Sample Plans

WHY UPMETRICS?

Reviews See why customers love Upmetrics

Customer Success Stories Read our customer success stories

Blogs Latest business planning tips and strategies

Strategic Planning Templates Ready-to-use strategic plan templates

Business Plan Course A step-by-step business planning course

Help Center Help & guides to plan your business

Ebooks & Guides A free resource hub on business planning

Business Tools Free business tools to help you grow

How to Prepare a Financial Plan for Startup Business (w/ example)

Financial Statements Template

Free Financial Statements Template

Ajay Jagtap

  • December 7, 2023

13 Min Read

financial plan for startup business

If someone were to ask you about your business financials, could you give them a detailed answer?

Let’s say they ask—how do you allocate your operating expenses? What is your cash flow situation like? What is your exit strategy? And a series of similar other questions.

Instead of mumbling what to answer or shooting in the dark, as a founder, you must prepare yourself to answer this line of questioning—and creating a financial plan for your startup is the best way to do it.

A business plan’s financial plan section is no easy task—we get that.

But, you know what—this in-depth guide and financial plan example can make forecasting as simple as counting on your fingertips.

Ready to get started? Let’s begin by discussing startup financial planning.

What is Startup Financial Planning?

Startup financial planning, in simple terms, is a process of planning the financial aspects of a new business. It’s an integral part of a business plan and comprises its three major components: balance sheet, income statement, and cash-flow statement.

Apart from these statements, your financial section may also include revenue and sales forecasts, assets & liabilities, break-even analysis , and more. Your first financial plan may not be very detailed, but you can tweak and update it as your company grows.

Key Takeaways

  • Realistic assumptions, thorough research, and a clear understanding of the market are the key to reliable financial projections.
  • Cash flow projection, balance sheet, and income statement are three major components of a financial plan.
  • Preparing a financial plan is easier and faster when you use a financial planning tool.
  • Exploring “what-if” scenarios is an ideal method to understand the potential risks and opportunities involved in the business operations.

Why is Financial Planning Important to Your Startup?

Poor financial planning is one of the biggest reasons why most startups fail. In fact, a recent CNBC study reported that running out of cash was the reason behind 44% of startup failures in 2022.

A well-prepared financial plan provides a clear financial direction for your business, helps you set realistic financial objectives, create accurate forecasts, and shows your business is committed to its financial objectives.

It’s a key element of your business plan for winning potential investors. In fact, YC considered recent financial statements and projections to be critical elements of their Series A due diligence checklist .

Your financial plan demonstrates how your business manages expenses and generates revenue and helps them understand where your business stands today and in 5 years.

Makes sense why financial planning is important to your startup or small business, doesn’t it? Let’s cut to the chase and discuss the key components of a startup’s financial plan.

Say goodbye to old-school excel sheets & templates

Make accurate financial plan faster with AI

Plans starting from $7/month

business plan financial tables

Key Components of a Startup Financial Plan

Whether creating a financial plan from scratch for a business venture or just modifying it for an existing one, here are the key components to consider including in your startup’s financial planning process.

Income Statement

An Income statement , also known as a profit-and-loss statement(P&L), shows your company’s income and expenditures. It also demonstrates how your business experienced any profit or loss over a given time.

Consider it as a snapshot of your business that shows the feasibility of your business idea. An income statement can be generated considering three scenarios: worst, expected, and best.

Your income or P&L statement must list the following:

  • Cost of goods or cost of sale
  • Gross margin
  • Operating expenses
  • Revenue streams
  • EBITDA (Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation , & amortization )

Established businesses can prepare annual income statements, whereas new businesses and startups should consider preparing monthly statements.

Cash flow Statement

A cash flow statement is one of the most critical financial statements for startups that summarize your business’s cash in-and-out flows over a given time.

This section provides details on the cash position of your business and its ability to meet monetary commitments on a timely basis.

Your cash flow projection consists of the following three components:

✅ Cash revenue projection: Here, you must enter each month’s estimated or expected sales figures.

✅ Cash disbursements: List expenditures that you expect to pay in cash for each month over one year.

✅ Cash flow reconciliation: Cash flow reconciliation is a process used to ensure the accuracy of cash flow projections. The adjusted amount is the cash flow balance carried over to the next month.

Furthermore, a company’s cash flow projections can be crucial while assessing liquidity, its ability to generate positive cash flows and pay off debts, and invest in growth initiatives.

Balance Sheet

Your balance sheet is a financial statement that reports your company’s assets, liabilities, and shareholder equity at a given time.

Consider it as a snapshot of what your business owns and owes, as well as the amount invested by the shareholders.

This statement consists of three parts: assets , liabilities, and the balance calculated by the difference between the first two. The final numbers on this sheet reflect the business owner’s equity or value.

Balance sheets follow the following accounting equation with assets on one side and liabilities plus Owner’s equity on the other:

Here is what’s the core purpose of having a balance-sheet:

  • Indicates the capital need of the business
  • It helps to identify the allocation of resources
  • It calculates the requirement of seed money you put up, and
  • How much finance is required?

Since it helps investors understand the condition of your business on a given date, it’s a financial statement you can’t miss out on.

Break-even Analysis

Break-even analysis is a startup or small business accounting practice used to determine when a company, product, or service will become profitable.

For instance, a break-even analysis could help you understand how many candles you need to sell to cover your warehousing and manufacturing costs and start making profits.

Remember, anything you sell beyond the break-even point will result in profit.

You must be aware of your fixed and variable costs to accurately determine your startup’s break-even point.

  • Fixed costs: fixed expenses that stay the same no matter what.
  • Variable costs: expenses that fluctuate over time depending on production or sales.

A break-even point helps you smartly price your goods or services, cover fixed costs, catch missing expenses, and set sales targets while helping investors gain confidence in your business. No brainer—why it’s a key component of your startup’s financial plan.

Having covered all the key elements of a financial plan, let’s discuss how you can create a financial plan for your startup or small business.

How to Create a Financial Section of a Startup Business Plan?

1. determine your financial needs.

You can’t start financial planning without understanding your financial requirements, can you? Get your notepad or simply open a notion doc; it’s time for some critical thinking.

Start by assessing your current situation by—calculating your income, expenses , assets, and liabilities, what the startup costs are, how much you have against them, and how much financing you need.

Assessing your current financial situation and health will help determine how much capital you need for your small business and help plan fundraising activities and outreach.

Furthermore, determining financial needs helps prioritize operational activities and expenses, effectively allocate resources, and increase the viability and sustainability of a business in the long run.

Having learned to determine financial needs, let’s head straight to setting financial goals.

2. Define Your Financial Goals

Setting realistic financial goals is fundamental in preparing an effective financial plan for your business plan. So, it would help to outline your long-term strategies and goals at the beginning of your financial planning process.

Let’s understand it this way—if you are a SaaS startup pursuing VC financing rounds, you may ask investors about what matters to them the most and prepare your financial plan accordingly.

However, a coffee shop owner seeking a business loan may need to create a plan that appeals to banks, not investors. At the same time, an internal financial plan designed to offer financial direction and resource allocation may not be the same as previous examples, seeing its different use case.

Feeling overwhelmed? Just define your financial goals—you’ll be fine.

You can start by identifying your business KPIs (key performance indicators); it would be an ideal starting point.

3. Choose the Right Financial Planning Tool

Let’s face it—preparing a financial plan using Excel is no joke. One would only use this method if they had all the time in the world.

Having the right financial planning software will simplify and speed up the process and guide you through creating accurate financial forecasts.

Many financial planning software and tools claim to be the ideal solution, but it’s you who will identify and choose a tool that is best for your financial planning needs.

business plan financial tables

Create a Financial Plan with Upmetrics in no time

Enter your Financial Assumptions, and we’ll calculate your monthly/quarterly and yearly financial projections.

Instagram image tagging

Start Forecasting

4. Make Assumptions Before Projecting Financials

Once you have a financial planning tool, you can move forward to the next step— making financial assumptions for your plan based on your company’s current performance and past financial records.

You’re just making predictions about your company’s financial future, so there’s no need to overthink or complicate the process.

You can gather your business’ historical financial data, market trends, and other relevant documents to help create a base for accurate financial projections.

After you have developed rough assumptions and a good understanding of your business finances, you can move forward to the next step—projecting financials.

5. Prepare Realistic Financial Projections

It’s a no-brainer—financial forecasting is the most critical yet challenging aspect of financial planning. However, it’s effortless if you’re using a financial planning software.

Upmetrics’ forecasting feature can help you project financials for up to 7 years. However, new startups usually consider planning for the next five years. Although it can be contradictory considering your financial goals and investor specifications.

Following are the two key aspects of your financial projections:

Revenue Projections

In simple terms, revenue projections help investors determine how much revenue your business plans to generate in years to come.

It generally involves conducting market research, determining pricing strategy , and cash flow analysis—which we’ve already discussed in the previous steps.

The following are the key components of an accurate revenue projection report:

  • Market analysis
  • Sales forecast
  • Pricing strategy
  • Growth assumptions
  • Seasonal variations

This is a critical section for pre-revenue startups, so ensure your projections accurately align with your startup’s financial model and revenue goals.

Expense Projections

Both revenue and expense projections are correlated to each other. As revenue forecasts projected revenue assumptions, expense projections will estimate expenses associated with operating your business.

Accurately estimating your expenses will help in effective cash flow analysis and proper resource allocation.

These are the most common costs to consider while projecting expenses:

  • Fixed costs
  • Variable costs
  • Employee costs or payroll expenses
  • Operational expenses
  • Marketing and advertising expenses
  • Emergency fund

Remember, realistic assumptions, thorough research, and a clear understanding of your market are the key to reliable financial projections.

6. Consider “What if” Scenarios

After you project your financials, it’s time to test your assumptions with what-if analysis, also known as sensitivity analysis.

Using what-if analysis with different scenarios while projecting your financials will increase transparency and help investors better understand your startup’s future with its best, expected, and worst-case scenarios.

Exploring “what-if” scenarios is the best way to better understand the potential risks and opportunities involved in business operations. This proactive exercise will help you make strategic decisions and necessary adjustments to your financial plan.

7. Build a Visual Report

If you’ve closely followed the steps leading to this, you know how to research for financial projections, create a financial plan, and test assumptions using “what-if” scenarios.

Now, we’ll prepare visual reports to present your numbers in a visually appealing and easily digestible format.

Don’t worry—it’s no extra effort. You’ve already made a visual report while creating your financial plan and forecasting financials.

Check the dashboard to see the visual presentation of your projections and reports, and use the necessary financial data, diagrams, and graphs in the final draft of your financial plan.

Here’s what Upmetrics’ dashboard looks like:

Upmetrics financial projections visual report

8. Monitor and Adjust Your Financial Plan

Even though it’s not a primary step in creating a good financial plan for your small business, it’s quite essential to regularly monitor and adjust your financial plan to ensure the assumptions you made are still relevant, and you are heading in the right direction.

There are multiple ways to monitor your financial plan.

For instance, you can compare your assumptions with actual results to ensure accurate projections based on metrics like new customers acquired and acquisition costs, net profit, and gross margin.

Consider making necessary adjustments if your assumptions are not resonating with actual numbers.

Also, keep an eye on whether the changes you’ve identified are having the desired effect by monitoring their implementation.

And that was the last step in our financial planning guide. However, it’s not the end. Have a look at this financial plan example.

Startup Financial Plan Example

Having learned about financial planning, let’s quickly discuss a coffee shop startup financial plan example prepared using Upmetrics.

Important Assumptions

  • The sales forecast is conservative and assumes a 5% increase in Year 2 and a 10% in Year 3.
  • The analysis accounts for economic seasonality – wherein some months revenues peak (such as holidays ) and wanes in slower months.
  • The analysis assumes the owner will not withdraw any salary till the 3rd year; at any time it is assumed that the owner’s withdrawal is available at his discretion.
  • Sales are cash basis – nonaccrual accounting
  • Moderate ramp- up in staff over the 5 years forecast
  • Barista salary in the forecast is $36,000 in 2023.
  • In general, most cafes have an 85% gross profit margin
  • In general, most cafes have a 3% net profit margin

Projected Balance Sheet

Projected Balance Sheet

Projected Cash-Flow Statement

Cash-Flow Statement

Projected Profit & Loss Statement

Profit & Loss Statement

Break Even Analysis

Break Even Analysis

Start Preparing Your Financial Plan

We covered everything about financial planning in this guide, didn’t we? Although it doesn’t fulfill our objective to the fullest—we want you to finish your financial plan.

Sounds like a tough job? We have an easy way out for you—Upmetrics’ financial forecasting feature. Simply enter your financial assumptions, and let it do the rest.

So what are you waiting for? Try Upmetrics and create your financial plan in a snap.

Build your Business Plan Faster

with step-by-step Guidance & AI Assistance.

crossline

Frequently Asked Questions

How often should i update my financial projections.

Well, there is no particular rule about it. However, reviewing and updating your financial plan once a year is considered an ideal practice as it ensures that the financial aspirations you started and the projections you made are still relevant.

How do I estimate startup costs accurately?

You can estimate your startup costs by identifying and factoring various one-time, recurring, and hidden expenses. However, using a financial forecasting tool like Upmetrics will ensure accurate costs while speeding up the process.

What financial ratios should startups pay attention to?

Here’s a list of financial ratios every startup owner should keep an eye on:

  • Net profit margin
  • Current ratio
  • Quick ratio
  • Working capital
  • Return on equity
  • Debt-to-equity ratio
  • Return on assets
  • Debt-to-asset ratio

What are the 3 different scenarios in scenario analysis?

As discussed earlier, Scenario analysis is the process of ascertaining and analyzing possible events that can occur in the future. Startups or small businesses often consider analyzing these three scenarios:

  • base-case (expected) scenario
  • Worst-case scenario
  • best case scenario.

About the Author

business plan financial tables

Ajay is a SaaS writer and personal finance blogger who has been active in the space for over three years, writing about startups, business planning, budgeting, credit cards, and other topics related to personal finance. If not writing, he’s probably having a power nap. Read more

Reach Your Goals with Accurate Planning

Financial-Reports-template

F9 Finance Inverted Logo

No products in the cart.

Crafting Your Business Plan Financials: A Step-by-Step Guide

Mike Dion

This guide is my way of taking you by the hand (figuratively, of course) and walking you through the process of building your business plan financials. Whether you’re scribbling your first ever business plan on a napkin or revisiting an existing one to adapt to the ever-evolving market landscape, this guide is for you.

Key Takeaways

  • Building business plan financials involves forecasting the three financial statements : income statement , balance sheet, and cash flow statement.
  • Financial projections should be based on market research and industry trends, as well as your unique business model and goals.
  • Business plan financials are essential in securing funding, guiding decision-making, setting benchmarks, managing cash flow , and identifying risks and opportunities.

Understanding the Basics of Business Plan Financials

Diving into the world of business plan financials can feel a bit like stepping onto a dance floor for the first time. You know you need to move, but figuring out how to not step on your own feet (or anyone else’s) is the real challenge.

So, let’s break down the dance floor, shall we? Picture your business plan’s financial section as a trio of critical financial statements performing the most pivotal routine of the night, consisting of the Income Statement, the Balance Sheet, and the Cash Flow Statement.

Infographic of the core financial statements

  • The Income Statement : Also known as the profit and loss statement , this is your financial performance’s highlight reel over a specific period. It tells you whether your business is hitting the high notes or if it’s time to change the tune. By tracking revenues, costs, and expenses, the Income Statement gives you a clear picture of your net profit or loss. Think of it as your business’s scorecard, showing you if you’re leading the dance or stepping on toes.
  • The Balance Sheet : Imagine this as a snapshot capturing a moment in your business’s dance routine. It’s all about balance (hence the name). On one side, you have your assets—everything your business owns. On the other, liabilities and equity—everything your business owes plus the ownership interest. The Balance Sheet tells you exactly where you stand at any given moment, making sure you’re poised and ready for the next move.
  • The Cash Flow Statement : If the Income Statement is about the performance and the Balance Sheet is about the pose, then the Cash Flow Statement is all about the movement. It tracks the cash coming in and going out of your business. This statement is your choreography, showing you if you’ve got the liquidity to keep dancing or if you’re about to trip over a lack of cash.

Why Do You Need Business Plan Financials?

Let’s dive into the different uses for those business plan financials, shall we?

Securing Funding : This one’s pretty straightforward. When you’re pitching to investors or applying for a loan, your financials are the proof in the pudding. They show that you’re not just all talk—you’ve got a plan that’s expected to bring in real money.

Guiding Decision-Making : Your financials are a compass in the wild terrain of business decisions. Want to know if you can afford to increase operating expenses, launch a new product, or expand into a new market? Your financials hold the answers.

Setting Benchmarks : Without benchmarks, how do you measure success? Your financials set clear goals for revenue, profit margins, and growth trajectories.

Cash Flow Management : Ah, cash flow projection —the lifeblood of any business. Your financials help you predict when money will be coming in and going out, ensuring you have enough cash on hand to keep the lights on.

Identifying Risks and Opportunities : By analyzing your financials, you can spot potential risks and opportunities before they become glaring issues or missed chances.

Step 1: Laying the Groundwork with Market Research

Understanding your market is akin to understanding the latest viral dance craze. You need to know who’s dancing, why they’re dancing, and what moves are most popular. In business terms, this means getting to grips with who your customers are, what needs or desires they have, and how your product or service fits into that picture. This is where market research comes into play.

How to Gather Data for Market Research:

  • Start with Secondary Research : This is like the pre-party research before you hit the dance floor. Look into existing studies, industry reports, and market analysis that give you a bird’s-eye view of your sector. It’s cheaper (often free), quicker, and a great way to start outlining your market landscape. Websites like Statista and Pew Research are a great resource for secondary research.
  • Dive into Primary Research : Now, it’s time to mingle at the party yourself. Surveys, interviews, and focus groups with potential customers will give you insights straight from the horse’s mouth. Yes, it’s more time-consuming and can be costlier, but the firsthand data you gather is worth its weight in gold.
  • Analyze Your Competitors : Think of this as knowing who else is on the dance floor with you. Understanding their moves can help you find your unique rhythm. Look at their offerings, pricing strategies, and customer feedback. What are they doing well? Where are they stumbling? This insight is invaluable.

My Experience With Market Research

Let me take you back to the early days of my own business venture, when the concept of “market research” was as foreign to me as quantum physics. My team and I were launching a new financial tool designed to simplify budgeting for freelancers—a noble cause, but we were shooting in the dark with our sales forecast .

So, we hit the books (and the streets) for some hardcore market research. We surveyed freelancers about their budgeting woes, dove into forums where they vented their frustrations, and analyzed competitors who were only partially addressing these pain points. What we found was a goldmine of information that not only validated our product idea but also helped us pinpoint exactly how to position our tool in the market.

Armed with this data, we crafted our revenue projections not on wishful thinking but on solid, research-backed insights. And guess what? Our initial sales outperformed our projections by 20%. It was a clear testament to the power of laying the groundwork with thorough market research.

Step 2: Crafting Your Income Statement

Crafting your profit and loss statement is akin to writing the script for the blockbuster movie of your business’s financial performance. It’s where the rubber meets the road of financial statements, blending the drama of revenue streams with the gritty realism of expenses, all leading up to that climactic figure: your net income.

Breaking Down Revenue Streams

Let’s start our financial projections by casting our stars: the revenue streams. Identifying and projecting these is like mapping out the plot points of our story. For my own venture, it was a mix of predictable box office hits (fixed revenue from long-term contracts) and surprise indie darlings (variable sales from new markets).

The key here is diversity; relying on a single revenue stream is like betting your entire budget on a rookie director. Exciting, sure, but risky. By understanding and forecasting different sources of income, you’re setting the stage for a financial narrative that holds up against unexpected twists.

Fixed vs. Variable Expenses: The Supporting Cast

Next up, we have our supporting characters: fixed and variable costs. Fixed expenses are those steadfast sidekicks that stick with you through thick and thin—rent, salaries, and subscriptions.

They’re your base crew, essential but predictable. Variable expenses, on the other hand, are like those special effects in big action sequences—they fluctuate depending on the production’s scale (or, in our case, the business operations). Materials cost, commission fees, and shipping charges can vary, adding dynamism and a bit of unpredictability to our financial plot.

EBITDA, and Why It’s Your Friend

Infographic on Adjusted EBITDA calculation

Now, let’s talk about a concept that might sound like the latest tech gadget but is actually one of your best allies: EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization). Imagine EBITDA as that veteran actor who brings depth and credibility to your movie.

It shows you how well your business is performing without getting bogged down by tax structures, financing decisions, or how much you’ve spent on those fancy ergonomic office chairs.

It is also a critical part of break even analysis. Break even analysis is like the climax of our financial story—it shows the point where your revenue and expenses are equal. It helps you determine how much you need to sell or how to adjust your costs to reach profitability.

Step 3: Building Your Balance Sheet

Think of your balance sheet as the ultimate snapshot of your business’s financial stability at any given moment. It’s like taking a selfie with your assets, liabilities, and equity—everything has to look just right.

Assets, Liabilities, and Equity: What Goes Where?

Imagine your business’s finances as a giant storage unit (stay with me here). On one side, you’ve got your assets—everything you own that has value. This includes cash in the bank, inventory, equipment, and even amounts owed to you by customers (receivables). These are like the treasures you’ve stored away, everything from the antique lamp (cash) to the boxes of unsold novels you swear will be collector’s items one day (inventory).

On the opposite side are your liabilities. Think of these as the IOUs taped to the door by your friends who’ve borrowed your stuff. These could be loans you need to pay back, money you owe to suppliers, or rent for the space your business occupies.

Balancing these two sides is your equity , which is essentially the net worth of your business. If you were to liquidate everything today—sell off all your treasures and pay back your friends—whatever cash you’re left holding is your equity. It’s what you truly “own” outright.

Maintaining a Healthy Balance Sheet Over Time

Here’s where things get personal. In the early days of my venture, our balance sheet was, to put it mildly, a bit of a fixer-upper. Our assets were like mismatched socks—present, but not exactly optimized. Meanwhile, our liabilities were like laundry piles—growing faster than we could manage. The turning point came when we started treating our balance sheet like our business’s health checkup, regularly reviewing and adjusting our financial strategies to ensure everything remained in healthy proportion.

We focused on bolstering our assets, not just by increasing sales but also by managing our receivables more effectively and making smart choices about what equipment to purchase or lease. Simultaneously, we worked on trimming down our liabilities, negotiating better terms with suppliers, and restructuring debt to more manageable levels.

Step 4: Forecasting Cash Flow

Forecasting cash flow—it’s like checking the weather before you head out on a road trip. You wouldn’t want to get caught in a storm without an umbrella, right? Similarly, in the world of finance and accounting, especially for us millennials hustling through our careers, understanding the ins and outs of cash flow is crucial for navigating the unpredictable journey of business operations without getting soaked.

Why Cash Flow is Your Business’s Weather Forecast

Infographic of the three parts of cash flow

Cash flow is essentially the heartbeat of your business’s financial health—tracking the inflow and outflow of money. It’s what keeps the lights on, from paying your awesome team to ensuring the coffee machine (aka the real MVP) is always running. Without a keen eye on cash flow, even the most profitable business can find itself in a pinch when bills come due. It’s about timing, and just like you can’t download more time, you can’t magically create cash when you need it—unless you’ve planned ahead.

Step-by-Step Method for Creating a Cash Flow Forecast

  • Start with the Basics : Gather data on all your cash inflows, like sales or accounts receivable , and outflows, including expenses, payroll, and loan payments. Think of it as setting up your playlist before the trip begins.
  • Choose Your Time Frame : Decide if you’re mapping out the next month, quarter, or year. This is like deciding whether you’re road-tripping to the next town over or cross-country.
  • Use Historical Data : Look back at past months or years to guide your predictions. It’s like knowing there’s always traffic at rush hour and planning your departure time accordingly.
  • Factor in Seasonality : Just like packing an extra sweater for a chilly evening, remember that some months may have higher expenses or lower sales. Plan for these fluctuations.
  • Keep It Updated : Your cash flow forecast isn’t a set-it-and-forget-it road map. Update it regularly with actual figures to stay on course. This is like checking your GPS for traffic updates in real-time.

My Great Cash Flow Mishap

Early in my career, I experienced what I affectionately call “The Great Cash Flow Mishap.” We were flying high, sales were up, and in my mind, we were invincible. I overlooked the importance of forecasting cash flow because, hey, money was coming in, right? Wrong. Sales being up didn’t mean cash in hand, thanks to generous payment terms we’d extended. When a large expense bill came due, we found ourselves in a financial thunderstorm without an umbrella.

It was a wake-up call. We scrambled, made it through, but learned a valuable lesson in the process: cash flow forecasting isn’t just a nice-to-have; it’s essential. It’s the difference between sailing smoothly and getting caught in a downpour. Since then, I’ve treated cash flow forecasting like my financial weather app, always checking it to ensure we’re prepared for whatever financial weather lies ahead.

Step 5: Bringing It All Together for Financial Analysis

So, you’ve danced through the steps of laying down your financial groundwork, from market research all the way to cash flow forecasting. Now, it’s time for what I like to call the “big reveal” in our financial saga—financial analysis. Think of it as the season finale where all the plotlines converge, and you finally get to see the full picture of your business’s financial health. Exciting, right?

How to Use Your Financials to Calculate Key Ratios

key business plan ratios

Financial ratios might sound like something out of a high school math class you’d rather forget, but they’re actually pretty cool once you get to know them. They’re like the secret codes that unlock the mysteries of your business’s financial narrative. Here are a few key players:

  • Profit Margin : Sales are great, but what’s left after expenses? This ratio tells you exactly that. It’s like checking how much gas is left in the tank after a long trip.
  • Current Ratio : This one measures whether you have enough assets to cover your liabilities. Imagine you’re planning a big party (i.e., a major business move). Do you have enough snacks (assets) for all the guests (liabilities)?
  • Debt to Equity Ratio : It shows the balance between the money you’ve borrowed and the money you’ve personally invested in your business. Think of it as the ratio between the contributions to the potluck from you and those from your friends.

Innovative Tools and Techniques for Financial Analysis

Gone are the days of poring over spreadsheets until your eyes cross. Today, we have an arsenal of innovative tools at our disposal that make financial analysis not just bearable but actually kind of fun:

  • Cloud-Based Accounting Software : These platforms are like having a financial wizard by your side, automating many of the tedious tasks involved in financial analysis.
  • Data Visualization Tools : Imagine turning your financial data into a vibrant art gallery. These tools help you visualize trends, patterns, and anomalies in your data, making complex information digestible at a glance.
  • AI and Machine Learning : The new kids on the block, these technologies offer predictive insights based on your financial data, helping you make informed decisions about the future.

Step 6: Planning for the Future: Scenarios and Projections

Planning for the future in the fast-paced world of finance and accounting is a bit like trying to pack for a vacation without knowing the destination. Will it be sunny beaches or snowy mountains? In business, just as in travel, the key to being well-prepared lies in anticipating a range of scenarios. This approach doesn’t just cushion you against the unexpected; it equips you to navigate the twists and turns of the market with confidence and agility.

The Importance of Creating Financial Scenarios

Imagine you’re at a crossroads, each path leading to a different outcome for your business. One might lead to rapid growth if a new product takes off, another to steady progress as you expand your customer base, and yet another to a challenging period if the market takes a downturn. Creating financial scenarios is like mapping out each of these paths in advance, complete with signposts (financial indicators) that help you recognize which path you’re on and what you need to do to stay on course—or change direction if necessary.

This practice isn’t about predicting the future with crystal ball accuracy; it’s about being prepared for whatever comes your way. By considering various “what ifs” and planning for them, you transform uncertainty from a source of anxiety into a strategic advantage.

Practical Advice on Long-Term Financial Planning

  • Start with a Solid Foundation : Your current financial statements are the launching pad for any long-term planning. Ensure they’re accurate and up-to-date.
  • Identify Key Drivers : Understand what factors most significantly impact your business’s financial health—be it sales volume, pricing strategies, or cost controls—and model your scenarios around these drivers.
  • Embrace Technology : Leverage financial planning software that allows you to create and compare different scenarios with ease. These tools can provide invaluable insights and save you a heap of time.
  • Regular Reviews : The only constant in business is change. Regularly review and adjust your scenarios and projections to reflect new information and market conditions.

How “Planning for the Worst” Saved My Business

There was a time when my business faced what I fondly refer to as “the perfect storm”—a combination of market downturn, rising costs, and a major client backing out last minute. It was every entrepreneur’s nightmare. But here’s the twist: we weathered the storm, not by luck, but by preparation.

During sunnier days, we’d developed a “worst-case scenario” plan . It felt a bit like rehearsing for a play we never wanted to perform, but when the storm hit, that script became our survival guide. We knew exactly which costs to cut, how to streamline operations, and where we could find alternative revenue streams. It wasn’t easy, but that plan gave us the clarity and confidence to make tough decisions quickly.

That experience taught me a valuable lesson: optimism is a fantastic quality, but it’s preparation that truly makes us resilient. Planning for the worst doesn’t mean expecting it to happen; it means ensuring that no matter what comes your way, you’re ready to face it head-on.

Related Posts

  • How To Get A Heavy Equipment Loan
  • The Ultimate Guide to 50+ Financial Modeling Resources
  • Your Flux Analysis Step-By-Step Survival Guide
  • How To Do Account Reconciliation Without Pulling Your Hair Out
  • Taking Vertical Analysis To The Next Level
  • Your Unconventional Guide To Managing Working Capital

FP&A Leader | Digital Finance Advocate | Small Business Founder

Mike Dion brings a wealth of knowledge in business finance to his writing, drawing on his background as a Senior FP&A Leader. Over more than a decade of finance experience, Mike has added tens of millions of dollars to businesses from the Fortune 100 to startups and from Entertainment to Telecom. Mike received his Bachelor of Science in Finance and a Master of International Business from the University of Florida, laying a solid foundation for his career in finance and accounting. His work, featured in leading finance publications such as Seeking Alpha, serves as a resource for industry professionals seeking to navigate the complexities of corporate finance, small business finance, and finance software with ease.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

To provide the best experiences, we and our partners use technologies like cookies to store and/or access device information. Consenting to these technologies will allow us and our partners to process personal data such as browsing behavior or unique IDs on this site and show (non-) personalized ads. Not consenting or withdrawing consent, may adversely affect certain features and functions.

Click below to consent to the above or make granular choices. Your choices will be applied to this site only. You can change your settings at any time, including withdrawing your consent, by using the toggles on the Cookie Policy, or by clicking on the manage consent button at the bottom of the screen.

  • Start free trial

Start selling with Shopify today

Start your free trial with Shopify today—then use these resources to guide you through every step of the process.

business plan financial tables

How To Create Financial Projections for Your Business Plan

Building a financial projection as you write out your business plan can help you forecast how much money your business will bring in.

a white rectangle with yellow line criss-crossing across it: business plan financial projections

Planning for the future, whether it’s with growth in mind or just staying the course, is central to being a business owner. Part of this planning effort is making financial projections of sales, expenses, and—if all goes well—profits.

Even if your business is a startup that has yet to open its doors, you can still make projections. Here’s how to prepare your business plan financial projections, so your company will thrive.

What are business plan financial projections?

Business plan financial projections are a company’s estimates, or forecasts, of its financial performance at some point in the future. For existing businesses, draw on historical data to detail how your company expects metrics like revenue, expenses, profit, and cash flow to change over time.

Companies can create financial projections for any span of time, but typically they’re for between one and five years. Many companies revisit and amend these projections at least annually. 

Creating financial projections is an important part of building a business plan . That’s because realistic estimates help company leaders set business goals, execute financial decisions, manage cash flow , identify areas for operational improvement, seek funding from investors, and more.

What are financial projections used for? 

Financial forecasting serves as a useful tool for key stakeholders, both within and outside of the business. They often are used for:

Business planning

Accurate financial projections can help a company establish growth targets and other goals . They’re also used to determine whether ideas like a new product line are financially feasible. Future financial estimates are helpful tools for business contingency planning, which involves considering the monetary impact of adverse events and worst-case scenarios. They also provide a benchmark: If revenue is falling short of projections, for example, the company may need changes to keep business operations on track.

Projections may reveal potential problems—say, unexpected operating expenses that exceed cash inflows. A negative cash flow projection may suggest the business needs to secure funding through outside investments or bank loans, increase sales, improve margins, or cut costs.

When potential investors consider putting their money into a venture, they want a return on that investment. Business projections are a key tool they will use to make that decision. The projections can figure in establishing the valuation of your business, equity stakes, plans for an exit, and more. Investors may also use your projections to ensure that the business is meeting goals and benchmarks.

Loans or lines of credit 

Lenders rely on financial projections to determine whether to extend a business loan to your company. They’ll want to see historical financial data like cash flow statements, your balance sheet , and other financial statements—but they’ll also look very closely at your multi-year financial projections. Good candidates can receive higher loan amounts with lower interest rates or more flexible payment plans.

Lenders may also use the estimated value of company assets to determine the collateral to secure the loan. Like investors, lenders typically refer to your projections over time to monitor progress and financial health.

What information is included in financial projections for a business?

Before sitting down to create projections, you’ll need to collect some data. Owners of an existing business can leverage three financial statements they likely already have: a balance sheet, an annual income statement , and a cash flow statement .

A new business, however, won’t have this historical data. So market research is crucial: Review competitors’ pricing strategies, scour research reports and market analysis , and scrutinize any other publicly available data that can help inform your projections. Beginning with conservative estimates and simple calculations can help you get started, and you can always add to the projections over time.

One business’s financial projections may be more detailed than another’s, but the forecasts typically rely on and include the following:

True to its name, a cash flow statement shows the money coming into and going out of the business over time: cash outflows and inflows. Cash flows fall into three main categories:

Income statement

Projected income statements, also known as projected profit and loss statements (P&Ls), forecast the company’s revenue and expenses for a given period.

Generally, this is a table with several line items for each category. Sales projections can include the sales forecast for each individual product or service (many companies break this down by month). Expenses are a similar setup: List your expected costs by category, including recurring expenses such as salaries and rent, as well as variable expenses for raw materials and transportation.

This exercise will also provide you with a net income projection, which is the difference between your revenue and expenses, including any taxes or interest payments. That number is a forecast of your profit or loss, hence why this document is often called a P&L.

Balance sheet

A balance sheet shows a snapshot of your company’s financial position at a specific point in time. Three important elements are included as balance sheet items:

  • Assets. Assets are any tangible item of value that the company currently has on hand or will in the future, like cash, inventory, equipment, and accounts receivable. Intangible assets include copyrights, trademarks, patents and other intellectual property .
  • Liabilities. Liabilities are anything that the company owes, including taxes, wages, accounts payable, dividends, and unearned revenue, such as customer payments for goods you haven’t yet delivered.
  • Shareholder equity. The shareholder equity figure is derived by subtracting total liabilities from total assets. It reflects how much money, or capital, the company would have left over if the business paid all its liabilities at once or liquidated (this figure can be a negative number if liabilities exceed assets). Equity in business is the amount of capital that the owners and any other shareholders have tied up in the company.

They’re called balance sheets because assets always equal liabilities plus shareholder equity. 

5 steps for creating financial projections for your business

  • Identify the purpose and timeframe for your projections
  • Collect relevant historical financial data and market analysis
  • Forecast expenses
  • Forecast sales
  • Build financial projections

The following five steps can help you break down the process of developing financial projections for your company:

1. Identify the purpose and timeframe for your projections

The details of your projections may vary depending on their purpose. Are they for internal planning, pitching investors, or monitoring performance over time? Setting the time frame—monthly, quarterly, annually, or multi-year—will also inform the rest of the steps.

2. Collect relevant historical financial data and market analysis

If available, gather historical financial statements, including balance sheets, cash flow statements, and annual income statements. New companies without this historical data may have to rely on market research, analyst reports, and industry benchmarks—all things that established companies also should use to support their assumptions.

3. Forecast expenses

Identify future spending based on direct costs of producing your goods and services ( cost of goods sold, or COGS) as well as operating expenses, including any recurring and one-time costs. Factor in expected changes in expenses, because this can evolve based on business growth, time in the market, and the launch of new products.

4. Forecast sales

Project sales for each revenue stream, broken down by month. These projections may be based on historical data or market research, and they should account for anticipated or likely changes in market demand and pricing.

5. Build financial projections

Now that you have projected expenses and revenue, you can plug that information into Shopify’s cash flow calculator and cash flow statement template . This information can also be used to forecast your income statement. In turn, these steps inform your calculations on the balance sheet, on which you’ll also account for any assets and liabilities .

Business plan financial projections FAQ

What are the main components of a financial projection in a business plan.

Generally speaking, most financial forecasts include projections for income, balance sheet, and cash flow.

What’s the difference between financial projection and financial forecast?

These two terms are often used interchangeably. Depending on the context, a financial forecast may refer to a more formal and detailed document—one that might include analysis and context for several financial metrics in a more complex financial model.

Do I need accounting or planning software for financial projections?

Not necessarily. Depending on factors like the age and size of your business, you may be able to prepare financial projections using a simple spreadsheet program. Large complicated businesses, however, usually use accounting software and other types of advanced data-management systems.

What are some limitations of financial projections?

Projections are by nature based on human assumptions and, of course, humans can’t truly predict the future—even with the aid of computers and software programs. Financial projections are, at best, estimates based on the information available at the time—not ironclad guarantees of future performance.

Keep up with the latest from Shopify

Get free ecommerce tips, inspiration, and resources delivered directly to your inbox.

By entering your email, you agree to receive marketing emails from Shopify.

popular posts

start-free-trial

The point of sale for every sale.

Graphic of a mobile phone with heart shapes bubbles floating around it

Subscribe to our blog and get free ecommerce tips, inspiration, and resources delivered directly to your inbox.

Unsubscribe anytime. By entering your email, you agree to receive marketing emails from Shopify.

Latest from Shopify

Sep 2, 2024

Learn on the go. Try Shopify for free, and explore all the tools you need to start, run, and grow your business.

Try Shopify for free, no credit card required.

Business Plan Example and Template

Learn how to create a business plan

What is a Business Plan?

A business plan is a document that contains the operational and financial plan of a business, and details how its objectives will be achieved. It serves as a road map for the business and can be used when pitching investors or financial institutions for debt or equity financing .

Business Plan - Document with the words Business Plan on the title

A business plan should follow a standard format and contain all the important business plan elements. Typically, it should present whatever information an investor or financial institution expects to see before providing financing to a business.

Contents of a Business Plan

A business plan should be structured in a way that it contains all the important information that investors are looking for. Here are the main sections of a business plan:

1. Title Page

The title page captures the legal information of the business, which includes the registered business name, physical address, phone number, email address, date, and the company logo.

2. Executive Summary

The executive summary is the most important section because it is the first section that investors and bankers see when they open the business plan. It provides a summary of the entire business plan. It should be written last to ensure that you don’t leave any details out. It must be short and to the point, and it should capture the reader’s attention. The executive summary should not exceed two pages.

3. Industry Overview

The industry overview section provides information about the specific industry that the business operates in. Some of the information provided in this section includes major competitors, industry trends, and estimated revenues. It also shows the company’s position in the industry and how it will compete in the market against other major players.

4. Market Analysis and Competition

The market analysis section details the target market for the company’s product offerings. This section confirms that the company understands the market and that it has already analyzed the existing market to determine that there is adequate demand to support its proposed business model.

Market analysis includes information about the target market’s demographics , geographical location, consumer behavior, and market needs. The company can present numbers and sources to give an overview of the target market size.

A business can choose to consolidate the market analysis and competition analysis into one section or present them as two separate sections.

5. Sales and Marketing Plan

The sales and marketing plan details how the company plans to sell its products to the target market. It attempts to present the business’s unique selling proposition and the channels it will use to sell its goods and services. It details the company’s advertising and promotion activities, pricing strategy, sales and distribution methods, and after-sales support.

6. Management Plan

The management plan provides an outline of the company’s legal structure, its management team, and internal and external human resource requirements. It should list the number of employees that will be needed and the remuneration to be paid to each of the employees.

Any external professionals, such as lawyers, valuers, architects, and consultants, that the company will need should also be included. If the company intends to use the business plan to source funding from investors, it should list the members of the executive team, as well as the members of the advisory board.

7. Operating Plan

The operating plan provides an overview of the company’s physical requirements, such as office space, machinery, labor, supplies, and inventory . For a business that requires custom warehouses and specialized equipment, the operating plan will be more detailed, as compared to, say, a home-based consulting business. If the business plan is for a manufacturing company, it will include information on raw material requirements and the supply chain.

8. Financial Plan

The financial plan is an important section that will often determine whether the business will obtain required financing from financial institutions, investors, or venture capitalists. It should demonstrate that the proposed business is viable and will return enough revenues to be able to meet its financial obligations. Some of the information contained in the financial plan includes a projected income statement , balance sheet, and cash flow.

9. Appendices and Exhibits

The appendices and exhibits part is the last section of a business plan. It includes any additional information that banks and investors may be interested in or that adds credibility to the business. Some of the information that may be included in the appendices section includes office/building plans, detailed market research , products/services offering information, marketing brochures, and credit histories of the promoters.

Business Plan Template - Components

Business Plan Template

Here is a basic template that any business can use when developing its business plan:

Section 1: Executive Summary

  • Present the company’s mission.
  • Describe the company’s product and/or service offerings.
  • Give a summary of the target market and its demographics.
  • Summarize the industry competition and how the company will capture a share of the available market.
  • Give a summary of the operational plan, such as inventory, office and labor, and equipment requirements.

Section 2: Industry Overview

  • Describe the company’s position in the industry.
  • Describe the existing competition and the major players in the industry.
  • Provide information about the industry that the business will operate in, estimated revenues, industry trends, government influences, as well as the demographics of the target market.

Section 3: Market Analysis and Competition

  • Define your target market, their needs, and their geographical location.
  • Describe the size of the market, the units of the company’s products that potential customers may buy, and the market changes that may occur due to overall economic changes.
  • Give an overview of the estimated sales volume vis-à-vis what competitors sell.
  • Give a plan on how the company plans to combat the existing competition to gain and retain market share.

Section 4: Sales and Marketing Plan

  • Describe the products that the company will offer for sale and its unique selling proposition.
  • List the different advertising platforms that the business will use to get its message to customers.
  • Describe how the business plans to price its products in a way that allows it to make a profit.
  • Give details on how the company’s products will be distributed to the target market and the shipping method.

Section 5: Management Plan

  • Describe the organizational structure of the company.
  • List the owners of the company and their ownership percentages.
  • List the key executives, their roles, and remuneration.
  • List any internal and external professionals that the company plans to hire, and how they will be compensated.
  • Include a list of the members of the advisory board, if available.

Section 6: Operating Plan

  • Describe the location of the business, including office and warehouse requirements.
  • Describe the labor requirement of the company. Outline the number of staff that the company needs, their roles, skills training needed, and employee tenures (full-time or part-time).
  • Describe the manufacturing process, and the time it will take to produce one unit of a product.
  • Describe the equipment and machinery requirements, and if the company will lease or purchase equipment and machinery, and the related costs that the company estimates it will incur.
  • Provide a list of raw material requirements, how they will be sourced, and the main suppliers that will supply the required inputs.

Section 7: Financial Plan

  • Describe the financial projections of the company, by including the projected income statement, projected cash flow statement, and the balance sheet projection.

Section 8: Appendices and Exhibits

  • Quotes of building and machinery leases
  • Proposed office and warehouse plan
  • Market research and a summary of the target market
  • Credit information of the owners
  • List of product and/or services

Related Readings

Thank you for reading CFI’s guide to Business Plans. To keep learning and advancing your career, the following CFI resources will be helpful:

  • Corporate Structure
  • Three Financial Statements
  • Business Model Canvas Examples
  • See all management & strategy resources
  • Share this article

Excel Fundamentals - Formulas for Finance

Create a free account to unlock this Template

Access and download collection of free Templates to help power your productivity and performance.

Already have an account? Log in

Supercharge your skills with Premium Templates

Take your learning and productivity to the next level with our Premium Templates.

Upgrading to a paid membership gives you access to our extensive collection of plug-and-play Templates designed to power your performance—as well as CFI's full course catalog and accredited Certification Programs.

Already have a Self-Study or Full-Immersion membership? Log in

Access Exclusive Templates

Gain unlimited access to more than 250 productivity Templates, CFI's full course catalog and accredited Certification Programs, hundreds of resources, expert reviews and support, the chance to work with real-world finance and research tools, and more.

Already have a Full-Immersion membership? Log in

How to Write a Business Plan: Step-by-Step Guide + Examples

Determined female African-American entrepreneur scaling a mountain while wearing a large backpack. Represents the journey to starting and growing a business and needi

Noah Parsons

24 min. read

Updated July 29, 2024

Download Now: Free Business Plan Template →

Writing a business plan doesn’t have to be complicated. 

In this step-by-step guide, you’ll learn how to write a business plan that’s detailed enough to impress bankers and potential investors, while giving you the tools to start, run, and grow a successful business.

  • The basics of business planning

If you’re reading this guide, then you already know why you need a business plan . 

You understand that planning helps you: 

  • Raise money
  • Grow strategically
  • Keep your business on the right track 

As you start to write your plan, it’s useful to zoom out and remember what a business plan is .

At its core, a business plan is an overview of the products and services you sell, and the customers that you sell to. It explains your business strategy: how you’re going to build and grow your business, what your marketing strategy is, and who your competitors are.

Most business plans also include financial forecasts for the future. These set sales goals, budget for expenses, and predict profits and cash flow. 

A good business plan is much more than just a document that you write once and forget about. It’s also a guide that helps you outline and achieve your goals. 

After completing your plan, you can use it as a management tool to track your progress toward your goals. Updating and adjusting your forecasts and budgets as you go is one of the most important steps you can take to run a healthier, smarter business. 

We’ll dive into how to use your plan later in this article.

There are many different types of plans , but we’ll go over the most common type here, which includes everything you need for an investor-ready plan. However, if you’re just starting out and are looking for something simpler—I recommend starting with a one-page business plan . It’s faster and easier to create. 

It’s also the perfect place to start if you’re just figuring out your idea, or need a simple strategic plan to use inside your business.

Dig deeper : How to write a one-page business plan

Brought to you by

LivePlan Logo

Create a professional business plan

Using ai and step-by-step instructions.

Secure funding

Validate ideas

Build a strategy

  • What to include in your business plan

Executive summary

The executive summary is an overview of your business and your plans. It comes first in your plan and is ideally just one to two pages. Most people write it last because it’s a summary of the complete business plan.

Ideally, the executive summary can act as a stand-alone document that covers the highlights of your detailed plan. 

In fact, it’s common for investors to ask only for the executive summary when evaluating your business. If they like what they see in the executive summary, they’ll often follow up with a request for a complete plan, a pitch presentation , or more in-depth financial forecasts .

Your executive summary should include:

  • A summary of the problem you are solving
  • A description of your product or service
  • An overview of your target market
  • A brief description of your team
  • A summary of your financials
  • Your funding requirements (if you are raising money)

Dig Deeper: How to write an effective executive summary

Products and services description

This is where you describe exactly what you’re selling, and how it solves a problem for your target market. The best way to organize this part of your plan is to start by describing the problem that exists for your customers. After that, you can describe how you plan to solve that problem with your product or service. 

This is usually called a problem and solution statement .

To truly showcase the value of your products and services, you need to craft a compelling narrative around your offerings. How will your product or service transform your customers’ lives or jobs? A strong narrative will draw in your readers.

This is also the part of the business plan to discuss any competitive advantages you may have, like specific intellectual property or patents that protect your product. If you have any initial sales, contracts, or other evidence that your product or service is likely to sell, include that information as well. It will show that your idea has traction , which can help convince readers that your plan has a high chance of success.

Market analysis

Your target market is a description of the type of people that you plan to sell to. You might even have multiple target markets, depending on your business. 

A market analysis is the part of your plan where you bring together all of the information you know about your target market. Basically, it’s a thorough description of who your customers are and why they need what you’re selling. You’ll also include information about the growth of your market and your industry .

Try to be as specific as possible when you describe your market. 

Include information such as age, income level, and location—these are what’s called “demographics.” If you can, also describe your market’s interests and habits as they relate to your business—these are “psychographics.” 

Related: Target market examples

Essentially, you want to include any knowledge you have about your customers that is relevant to how your product or service is right for them. With a solid target market, it will be easier to create a sales and marketing plan that will reach your customers. That’s because you know who they are, what they like to do, and the best ways to reach them.

Next, provide any additional information you have about your market. 

What is the size of your market ? Is the market growing or shrinking? Ideally, you’ll want to demonstrate that your market is growing over time, and also explain how your business is positioned to take advantage of any expected changes in your industry.

Dig Deeper: Learn how to write a market analysis

Competitive analysis

Part of defining your business opportunity is determining what your competitive advantage is. To do this effectively, you need to know as much about your competitors as your target customers. 

Every business has some form of competition. If you don’t think you have competitors, then explore what alternatives there are in the market for your product or service. 

For example: In the early years of cars, their main competition was horses. For social media, the early competition was reading books, watching TV, and talking on the phone.

A good competitive analysis fully lays out the competitive landscape and then explains how your business is different. Maybe your products are better made, or cheaper, or your customer service is superior. Maybe your competitive advantage is your location – a wide variety of factors can ultimately give you an advantage.

Dig Deeper: How to write a competitive analysis for your business plan

Marketing and sales plan

The marketing and sales plan covers how you will position your product or service in the market, the marketing channels and messaging you will use, and your sales tactics. 

The best place to start with a marketing plan is with a positioning statement . 

This explains how your business fits into the overall market, and how you will explain the advantages of your product or service to customers. You’ll use the information from your competitive analysis to help you with your positioning. 

For example: You might position your company as the premium, most expensive but the highest quality option in the market. Or your positioning might focus on being locally owned and that shoppers support the local economy by buying your products.

Once you understand your positioning, you’ll bring this together with the information about your target market to create your marketing strategy . 

This is how you plan to communicate your message to potential customers. Depending on who your customers are and how they purchase products like yours, you might use many different strategies, from social media advertising to creating a podcast. Your marketing plan is all about how your customers discover who you are and why they should consider your products and services. 

While your marketing plan is about reaching your customers—your sales plan will describe the actual sales process once a customer has decided that they’re interested in what you have to offer. 

If your business requires salespeople and a long sales process, describe that in this section. If your customers can “self-serve” and just make purchases quickly on your website, describe that process. 

A good sales plan picks up where your marketing plan leaves off. The marketing plan brings customers in the door and the sales plan is how you close the deal.

Together, these specific plans paint a picture of how you will connect with your target audience, and how you will turn them into paying customers.

Dig deeper: What to include in your sales and marketing plan

Business operations

The operations section describes the necessary requirements for your business to run smoothly. It’s where you talk about how your business works and what day-to-day operations look like. 

Depending on how your business is structured, your operations plan may include elements of the business like:

  • Supply chain management
  • Manufacturing processes
  • Equipment and technology
  • Distribution

Some businesses distribute their products and reach their customers through large retailers like Amazon.com, Walmart, Target, and grocery store chains. 

These businesses should review how this part of their business works. The plan should discuss the logistics and costs of getting products onto store shelves and any potential hurdles the business may have to overcome.

If your business is much simpler than this, that’s OK. This section of your business plan can be either extremely short or more detailed, depending on the type of business you are building.

For businesses selling services, such as physical therapy or online software, you can use this section to describe the technology you’ll leverage, what goes into your service, and who you will partner with to deliver your services.

Dig Deeper: Learn how to write the operations chapter of your plan

Key milestones and metrics

Although it’s not required to complete your business plan, mapping out key business milestones and the metrics can be incredibly useful for measuring your success.

Good milestones clearly lay out the parameters of the task and set expectations for their execution. You’ll want to include:

  • A description of each task
  • The proposed due date
  • Who is responsible for each task

If you have a budget, you can include projected costs to hit each milestone. You don’t need extensive project planning in this section—just list key milestones you want to hit and when you plan to hit them. This is your overall business roadmap. 

Possible milestones might be:

  • Website launch date
  • Store or office opening date
  • First significant sales
  • Break even date
  • Business licenses and approvals

You should also discuss the key numbers you will track to determine your success. Some common metrics worth tracking include:

  • Conversion rates
  • Customer acquisition costs
  • Profit per customer
  • Repeat purchases

It’s perfectly fine to start with just a few metrics and grow the number you are tracking over time. You also may find that some metrics simply aren’t relevant to your business and can narrow down what you’re tracking.

Dig Deeper: How to use milestones in your business plan

Organization and management team

Investors don’t just look for great ideas—they want to find great teams. Use this chapter to describe your current team and who you need to hire . You should also provide a quick overview of your location and history if you’re already up and running.

Briefly highlight the relevant experiences of each key team member in the company. It’s important to make the case for why yours is the right team to turn an idea into a reality. 

Do they have the right industry experience and background? Have members of the team had entrepreneurial successes before? 

If you still need to hire key team members, that’s OK. Just note those gaps in this section.

Your company overview should also include a summary of your company’s current business structure . The most common business structures include:

  • Sole proprietor
  • Partnership

Be sure to provide an overview of how the business is owned as well. Does each business partner own an equal portion of the business? How is ownership divided? 

Potential lenders and investors will want to know the structure of the business before they will consider a loan or investment.

Dig Deeper: How to write about your company structure and team

Financial plan

Last, but certainly not least, is your financial plan chapter. 

Entrepreneurs often find this section the most daunting. But, business financials for most startups are less complicated than you think, and a business degree is certainly not required to build a solid financial forecast. 

A typical financial forecast in a business plan includes the following:

  • Sales forecast : An estimate of the sales expected over a given period. You’ll break down your forecast into the key revenue streams that you expect to have.
  • Expense budget : Your planned spending such as personnel costs , marketing expenses, and taxes.
  • Profit & Loss : Brings together your sales and expenses and helps you calculate planned profits.
  • Cash Flow : Shows how cash moves into and out of your business. It can predict how much cash you’ll have on hand at any given point in the future.
  • Balance Sheet : A list of the assets, liabilities, and equity in your company. In short, it provides an overview of the financial health of your business. 

A strong business plan will include a description of assumptions about the future, and potential risks that could impact the financial plan. Including those will be especially important if you’re writing a business plan to pursue a loan or other investment.

Dig Deeper: How to create financial forecasts and budgets

This is the place for additional data, charts, or other information that supports your plan.

Including an appendix can significantly enhance the credibility of your plan by showing readers that you’ve thoroughly considered the details of your business idea, and are backing your ideas up with solid data.

Just remember that the information in the appendix is meant to be supplementary. Your business plan should stand on its own, even if the reader skips this section.

Dig Deeper : What to include in your business plan appendix

Optional: Business plan cover page

Adding a business plan cover page can make your plan, and by extension your business, seem more professional in the eyes of potential investors, lenders, and partners. It serves as the introduction to your document and provides necessary contact information for stakeholders to reference.

Your cover page should be simple and include:

  • Company logo
  • Business name
  • Value proposition (optional)
  • Business plan title
  • Completion and/or update date
  • Address and contact information
  • Confidentiality statement

Just remember, the cover page is optional. If you decide to include it, keep it very simple and only spend a short amount of time putting it together.

Dig Deeper: How to create a business plan cover page

How to use AI to help write your business plan

Generative AI tools such as ChatGPT can speed up the business plan writing process and help you think through concepts like market segmentation and competition. These tools are especially useful for taking ideas that you provide and converting them into polished text for your business plan.

The best way to use AI for your business plan is to leverage it as a collaborator , not a replacement for human creative thinking and ingenuity. 

AI can come up with lots of ideas and act as a brainstorming partner. It’s up to you to filter through those ideas and figure out which ones are realistic enough to resonate with your customers. 

There are pros and cons of using AI to help with your business plan . So, spend some time understanding how it can be most helpful before just outsourcing the job to AI.

Learn more: 10 AI prompts you need to write a business plan

  • Writing tips and strategies

To help streamline the business plan writing process, here are a few tips and key questions to answer to make sure you get the most out of your plan and avoid common mistakes .  

Determine why you are writing a business plan

Knowing why you are writing a business plan will determine your approach to your planning project. 

For example: If you are writing a business plan for yourself, or just to use inside your own business , you can probably skip the section about your team and organizational structure. 

If you’re raising money, you’ll want to spend more time explaining why you’re looking to raise the funds and exactly how you will use them.

Regardless of how you intend to use your business plan , think about why you are writing and what you’re trying to get out of the process before you begin.

Keep things concise

Probably the most important tip is to keep your business plan short and simple. There are no prizes for long business plans . The longer your plan is, the less likely people are to read it. 

So focus on trimming things down to the essentials your readers need to know. Skip the extended, wordy descriptions and instead focus on creating a plan that is easy to read —using bullets and short sentences whenever possible.

Have someone review your business plan

Writing a business plan in a vacuum is never a good idea. Sometimes it’s helpful to zoom out and check if your plan makes sense to someone else. You also want to make sure that it’s easy to read and understand.

Don’t wait until your plan is “done” to get a second look. Start sharing your plan early, and find out from readers what questions your plan leaves unanswered. This early review cycle will help you spot shortcomings in your plan and address them quickly, rather than finding out about them right before you present your plan to a lender or investor.

If you need a more detailed review, you may want to explore hiring a professional plan writer to thoroughly examine it.

Use a free business plan template and business plan examples to get started

Knowing what information to include in a business plan is sometimes not quite enough. If you’re struggling to get started or need additional guidance, it may be worth using a business plan template. 

There are plenty of great options available (we’ve rounded up our 8 favorites to streamline your search).

But, if you’re looking for a free downloadable business plan template , you can get one right now; download the template used by more than 1 million businesses. 

Or, if you just want to see what a completed business plan looks like, check out our library of over 550 free business plan examples . 

We even have a growing list of industry business planning guides with tips for what to focus on depending on your business type.

Common pitfalls and how to avoid them

It’s easy to make mistakes when you’re writing your business plan. Some entrepreneurs get sucked into the writing and research process, and don’t focus enough on actually getting their business started. 

Here are a few common mistakes and how to avoid them:

Not talking to your customers : This is one of the most common mistakes. It’s easy to assume that your product or service is something that people want. Before you invest too much in your business and too much in the planning process, make sure you talk to your prospective customers and have a good understanding of their needs.

  • Overly optimistic sales and profit forecasts: By nature, entrepreneurs are optimistic about the future. But it’s good to temper that optimism a little when you’re planning, and make sure your forecasts are grounded in reality. 
  • Spending too much time planning: Yes, planning is crucial. But you also need to get out and talk to customers, build prototypes of your product and figure out if there’s a market for your idea. Make sure to balance planning with building.
  • Not revising the plan: Planning is useful, but nothing ever goes exactly as planned. As you learn more about what’s working and what’s not—revise your plan, your budgets, and your revenue forecast. Doing so will provide a more realistic picture of where your business is going, and what your financial needs will be moving forward.
  • Not using the plan to manage your business: A good business plan is a management tool. Don’t just write it and put it on the shelf to collect dust – use it to track your progress and help you reach your goals.
  • Presenting your business plan

The planning process forces you to think through every aspect of your business and answer questions that you may not have thought of. That’s the real benefit of writing a business plan – the knowledge you gain about your business that you may not have been able to discover otherwise.

With all of this knowledge, you’re well prepared to convert your business plan into a pitch presentation to present your ideas. 

A pitch presentation is a summary of your plan, just hitting the highlights and key points. It’s the best way to present your business plan to investors and team members.

Dig Deeper: Learn what key slides should be included in your pitch deck

Use your business plan to manage your business

One of the biggest benefits of planning is that it gives you a tool to manage your business better. With a revenue forecast, expense budget, and projected cash flow, you know your targets and where you are headed.

And yet, nothing ever goes exactly as planned – it’s the nature of business.

That’s where using your plan as a management tool comes in. The key to leveraging it for your business is to review it periodically and compare your forecasts and projections to your actual results.

Start by setting up a regular time to review the plan – a monthly review is a good starting point. During this review, answer questions like:

  • Did you meet your sales goals?
  • Is spending following your budget?
  • Has anything gone differently than what you expected?

Now that you see whether you’re meeting your goals or are off track, you can make adjustments and set new targets. 

Maybe you’re exceeding your sales goals and should set new, more aggressive goals. In that case, maybe you should also explore more spending or hiring more employees. 

Or maybe expenses are rising faster than you projected. If that’s the case, you would need to look at where you can cut costs.

A plan, and a method for comparing your plan to your actual results , is the tool you need to steer your business toward success.

Learn More: How to run a regular plan review

How to write a business plan FAQ

What is a business plan?

A document that describes your business , the products and services you sell, and the customers that you sell to. It explains your business strategy, how you’re going to build and grow your business, what your marketing strategy is, and who your competitors are.

What are the benefits of a business plan?

A business plan helps you understand where you want to go with your business and what it will take to get there. It reduces your overall risk, helps you uncover your business’s potential, attracts investors, and identifies areas for growth.

Having a business plan ultimately makes you more confident as a business owner and more likely to succeed for a longer period of time.

What are the 7 steps of a business plan?

The seven steps to writing a business plan include:

  • Write a brief executive summary
  • Describe your products and services.
  • Conduct market research and compile data into a cohesive market analysis.
  • Describe your marketing and sales strategy.
  • Outline your organizational structure and management team.
  • Develop financial projections for sales, revenue, and cash flow.
  • Add any additional documents to your appendix.

What are the 5 most common business plan mistakes?

There are plenty of mistakes that can be made when writing a business plan. However, these are the 5 most common that you should do your best to avoid:

  • 1. Not taking the planning process seriously.
  • Having unrealistic financial projections or incomplete financial information.
  • Inconsistent information or simple mistakes.
  • Failing to establish a sound business model.
  • Not having a defined purpose for your business plan.

What questions should be answered in a business plan?

Writing a business plan is all about asking yourself questions about your business and being able to answer them through the planning process. You’ll likely be asking dozens and dozens of questions for each section of your plan.

However, these are the key questions you should ask and answer with your business plan:

  • How will your business make money?
  • Is there a need for your product or service?
  • Who are your customers?
  • How are you different from the competition?
  • How will you reach your customers?
  • How will you measure success?

How long should a business plan be?

The length of your business plan fully depends on what you intend to do with it. From the SBA and traditional lender point of view, a business plan needs to be whatever length necessary to fully explain your business. This means that you prove the viability of your business, show that you understand the market, and have a detailed strategy in place.

If you intend to use your business plan for internal management purposes, you don’t necessarily need a full 25-50 page business plan. Instead, you can start with a one-page plan to get all of the necessary information in place.

What are the different types of business plans?

While all business plans cover similar categories, the style and function fully depend on how you intend to use your plan. Here are a few common business plan types worth considering.

Traditional business plan: The tried-and-true traditional business plan is a formal document meant to be used when applying for funding or pitching to investors. This type of business plan follows the outline above and can be anywhere from 10-50 pages depending on the amount of detail included, the complexity of your business, and what you include in your appendix.

Business model canvas: The business model canvas is a one-page template designed to demystify the business planning process. It removes the need for a traditional, copy-heavy business plan, in favor of a single-page outline that can help you and outside parties better explore your business idea.

One-page business plan: This format is a simplified version of the traditional plan that focuses on the core aspects of your business. You’ll typically stick with bullet points and single sentences. It’s most useful for those exploring ideas, needing to validate their business model, or who need an internal plan to help them run and manage their business.

Lean Plan: The Lean Plan is less of a specific document type and more of a methodology. It takes the simplicity and styling of the one-page business plan and turns it into a process for you to continuously plan, test, review, refine, and take action based on performance. It’s faster, keeps your plan concise, and ensures that your plan is always up-to-date.

What’s the difference between a business plan and a strategic plan?

A business plan covers the “who” and “what” of your business. It explains what your business is doing right now and how it functions. The strategic plan explores long-term goals and explains “how” the business will get there. It encourages you to look more intently toward the future and how you will achieve your vision.

However, when approached correctly, your business plan can actually function as a strategic plan as well. If kept lean, you can define your business, outline strategic steps, and track ongoing operations all with a single plan.

Content Author: Noah Parsons

Noah is the COO at Palo Alto Software, makers of the online business plan app LivePlan. He started his career at Yahoo! and then helped start the user review site Epinions.com. From there he started a software distribution business in the UK before coming to Palo Alto Software to run the marketing and product teams.

Check out LivePlan

Table of Contents

  • Use AI to help write your plan
  • Common planning mistakes
  • Manage with your business plan

Related Articles

Owner of a life coaching business works on writing their business plan.

5 Min. Read

How To Write a Business Plan for a Life Coaching Business + Free Example

Bakery business owners look over their bakery business plan

7 Min. Read

How to Write a Bakery Business Plan + Sample

Overlapping files, folders, charts, graphs, and documents. Represents the information included in a business plan appendix.

3 Min. Read

What to Include in Your Business Plan Appendix

Female entrepreneur sitting at her desk doing manual calculations with a calculator trying to understand what her return on investment will be.

1 Min. Read

How to Calculate Return on Investment (ROI)

The LivePlan Newsletter

Become a smarter, more strategic entrepreneur.

Your first monthly newsetter will be delivered soon..

Unsubscribe anytime. Privacy policy .

Garrett's Bike Shop

The quickest way to turn a business idea into a business plan

Fill-in-the-blanks and automatic financials make it easy.

No thanks, I prefer writing 40-page documents.

LivePlan pitch example

Discover the world’s #1 plan building software

business plan financial tables

How to Write a Business Plan (Plus Examples & Templates)

business plan financial tables

Have you ever wondered how to write a business plan step by step? Mike Andes, told us: 

This guide will help you write a business plan to impress investors.

Throughout this process, we’ll get information from Mike Andes, who started Augusta Lawn Care Services when he was 12 and turned it into a franchise with over 90 locations. He has gone on to help others learn how to write business plans and start businesses.  He knows a thing or two about writing  business plans!

We’ll start by discussing the definition of a business plan. Then we’ll discuss how to come up with the idea, how to do the market research, and then the important elements in the business plan format. Keep reading to start your journey!

What Is a Business Plan?

A business plan is simply a road map of what you are trying to achieve with your business and how you will go about achieving it. It should cover all elements of your business including: 

  • Finding customers
  • Plans for developing a team
  •  Competition
  • Legal structures
  • Key milestones you are pursuing

If you aren’t quite ready to create a business plan, consider starting by reading our business startup guide .

Get a Business Idea

Before you can write a business plan, you have to have a business idea. You may see a problem that needs to be solved and have an idea how to solve it, or you might start by evaluating your interests and skills. 

Mike told us, “The three things I suggest asking yourself when thinking about starting a business are:

  • What am I good at?
  • What would I enjoy doing?
  • What can I get paid for?”

Three adjoining circles about business opportunity

If all three of these questions don’t lead to at least one common answer, it will probably be a much harder road to success. Either there is not much market for it, you won’t be good at it, or you won’t enjoy doing it. 

As Mike told us, “There’s enough stress starting and running a business that if you don’t like it or aren’t good at it, it’s hard to succeed.”

If you’d like to hear more about Mike’s approach to starting a business, check out our YouTube video

Conduct Market Analysis

Market analysis is focused on establishing if there is a target market for your products and services, how large the target market is, and identifying the demographics of people or businesses that would be interested in the product or service. The goal here is to establish how much money your business concept can make.

Product and Service Demand

An image showing product service and demand

A search engine is your best friend when trying to figure out if there is demand for your products and services. Personally, I love using presearch.org because it lets you directly search on a ton of different platforms including Google, Youtube, Twitter, and more. Check out the screenshot for the full list of search options.

With quick web searches, you can find out how many competitors you have, look through their reviews, and see if there are common complaints about the competitors. Bad reviews are a great place to find opportunities to offer better products or services. 

If there are no similar products or services, you may have stumbled upon something new, or there may just be no demand for it. To find out, go talk to your most honest friend about the idea and see what they think. If they tell you it’s dumb or stare at you vacantly, there’s probably no market for it.

You can also conduct a survey through social media to get public opinion on your idea. Using Facebook Business Manager , you could get a feel for who would be interested in your product or service.

 I ran a quick test of how many people between 18-65  you could reach in the U.S. during a week. It returned an estimated 700-2,000 for the total number of leads, which is enough to do a fairly accurate statistical analysis.

Identify Demographics of Target Market

Depending on what type of business you want to run, your target market will be different. The narrower the demographic, the fewer potential customers you’ll have. If you did a survey, you’ll be able to use that data to help define your target audience. Some considerations you’ll want to consider are:

  • Other Interests
  • Marital Status
  • Do they have kids?

Once you have this information, it can help you narrow down your options for location and help define your marketing further. One resource that Mike recommended using is the Census Bureau’s Quick Facts Map . He told us,  

“It helps you quickly evaluate what the best areas are for your business to be located.”

How to Write a Business Plan

Business plan development

Now that you’ve developed your idea a little and established there is a market for it, you can begin writing a business plan. Getting started is easier with the business plan template we created for you to download. I strongly recommend using it as it is updated to make it easier to create an action plan. 

Each of the following should be a section of your business plan:

  • Business Plan Cover Page
  • Table of Contents
  • Executive Summary
  • Company Description
  • Description of Products and Services

SWOT Analysis

  • Competitor Data
  • Competitive Analysis
  • Marketing Expenses Strategy 

Pricing Strategy

  • Distribution Channel Assessment
  • Operational Plan
  • Management and Organizational Strategy
  • Financial Statements and/or Financial Projections

We’ll look into each of these. Don’t forget to download our free business plan template (mentioned just above) so you can follow along as we go. 

How to Write a Business Plan Step 1. Create a Cover Page

The first thing investors will see is the cover page for your business plan. Make sure it looks professional. A great cover page shows that you think about first impressions.

A good business plan should have the following elements on a cover page:

  • Professionally designed logo
  • Company name
  • Mission or Vision Statement
  • Contact Info

Basically, think of a cover page for your business plan like a giant business card. It is meant to capture people’s attention but be quickly processed.

How to Write a Business Plan Step 2. Create a Table of Contents

Most people are busy enough that they don’t have a lot of time. Providing a table of contents makes it easy for them to find the pages of your plan that are meaningful to them.

A table of contents will be immediately after the cover page, but you can include it after the executive summary. Including the table of contents immediately after the executive summary will help investors know what section of your business plan they want to review more thoroughly.

Check out Canva’s article about creating a  table of contents . It has a ton of great information about creating easy access to each section of your business plan. Just remember that you’ll want to use different strategies for digital and hard copy business plans.

How to Write a Business Plan Step 3. Write an Executive Summary

A notepad with a written executive summary for business plan writing

An executive summary is where your business plan should catch the readers interest.  It doesn’t need to be long, but should be quick and easy to read.

Mike told us,

How long should an executive summary bein an informal business plan?

For casual use, an executive summary should be similar to an elevator pitch, no more than 150-160 words, just enough to get them interested and wanting more. Indeed has a great article on elevator pitches .  This can also be used for the content of emails to get readers’ attention.

It consists of three basic parts:

  • An introduction to you and your business.
  • What your business is about.
  • A call to action

Example of an informal executive summary 

One of the best elevator pitches I’ve used is:

So far that pitch has achieved a 100% success rate in getting partnerships for the business.

What should I include in an executive summary for investors?

Investors are going to need a more detailed executive summary if you want to secure financing or sell equity. The executive summary should be a brief overview of your entire business plan and include:

  • Introduction of yourself and company.
  • An origin story (Recognition of a problem and how you came to solution)
  • An introduction to your products or services.
  • Your unique value proposition. Make sure to include intellectual property.
  • Where you are in the business life cycle
  • Request and why you need it.

Successful business plan examples

The owner of Urbanity told us he spent 2 months writing a 75-page business plan and received a $250,000 loan from the bank when he was 23. Make your business plan as detailed as possible when looking for financing. We’ve provided a template to help you prepare the portions of a business plan that banks expect.

Here’s the interview with the owner of Urbanity:

When to write an executive summary?

Even though the summary is near the beginning of a business plan, you should write it after you complete the rest of a business plan. You can’t talk about revenue, profits, and expected expenditures if you haven’t done the market research and created a financial plan.

What mistakes do people make when writing an executive summary?

Business owners commonly go into too much detail about the following items in an executive summary:

  • Marketing and sales processes
  • Financial statements
  • Organizational structure
  • Market analysis

These are things that people will want to know later, but they don’t hook the reader. They won’t spark interest in your small business, but they’ll close the deal.

How to Write a Business Plan Step 4. Company Description

Every business plan should include a company description. A great business plan will include the following elements while describing the company:

  • Mission statement
  • Philosophy and vision
  • Company goals

Target market

  • Legal structure

Let’s take a look at what each section includes in a good business plan.

Mission Statement

A mission statement is a brief explanation of why you started the company and what the company’s main focus is. It should be no more than one or two sentences. Check out HubSpot’s article 27 Inspiring Mission Statement for a great read on informative and inspiring mission and vision statements. 

Company Philosophy and Vision

Writing the company philosophy and vision

The company philosophy is what drives your company. You’ll normally hear them called core values.  These are the building blocks that make your company different. You want to communicate your values to customers, business owners, and investors as often as possible to build a company culture, but make sure to back them up.

What makes your company different?

Each company is different. Your new business should rise above the standard company lines of honesty, integrity, fun, innovation, and community when communicating your business values. The standard answers are corporate jargon and lack authenticity. 

Examples of core values

One of my clients decided to add a core values page to their website. As a tech company they emphasized the values:

  •  Prioritize communication.
  •  Never stop learning.
  •  Be transparent.
  •  Start small and grow incrementally.

These values communicate how the owner and the rest of the company operate. They also show a value proposition and competitive advantage because they specifically focus on delivering business value from the start. These values also genuinely show what the company is about and customers recognize the sincerity. Indeed has a great blog about how to identify your core values .

What is a vision statement?

A vision statement communicate the long lasting change a business pursues. The vision helps investors and customers understand what your company is trying to accomplish. The vision statement goes beyond a mission statement to provide something meaningful to the community, customer’s lives, or even the world.

Example vision statements

The Alzheimer’s Association is a great example of a vision statement:

A world without Alzheimer’s Disease and other dementia.

It clearly tells how they want to change the world. A world without Alzheimers might be unachievable, but that means they always have room for improvement.

Business Goals

You have to measure success against goals for a business plan to be meaningful. A business plan helps guide a company similar to how your GPS provides a road map to your favorite travel destination. A goal to make as much money as possible is not inspirational and sounds greedy.

Sure, business owners want to increase their profits and improve customer service, but they need to present an overview of what they consider success. The goals should help everyone prioritize their work.

How far in advance should a business plan?

Business planning should be done at least one year in advance, but many banks and investors prefer three to five year business plans. Longer plans show investors that the management team  understands the market and knows the business is operating in a constantly shifting market. In addition, a plan helps businesses to adjust to changes because they have already considered how to handle them.

Example of great business goals

My all time-favorite long-term company goals are included in Tesla’s Master Plan, Part Deux . These goals were written in 2016 and drive the company’s decisions through 2026. They are the reason that investors are so forgiving when Elon Musk continually fails to meet his quarterly and annual goals.

If the progress aligns with the business plan investors are likely to continue to believe in the company. Just make sure the goals are reasonable or you’ll be discredited (unless you’re Elon Musk).

A man holding an iPad with a cup of coffee on his desk

You did target market research before creating a business plan. Now it’s time to add it to the plan so others understand what your ideal customer looks like. As a new business owner, you may not be considered an expert in your field yet, so document everything. Make sure the references you use are from respectable sources. 

Use information from the specific lender when you are applying for lending. Most lenders provide industry research reports and using their data can strengthen the position of your business plan.

A small business plan should include a section on the external environment. Understanding the industry is crucial because we don’t plan a business in a vacuum. Make sure to research the industry trends, competitors, and forecasts. I personally prefer IBIS World for my business research. Make sure to answer questions like:

  • What is the industry outlook long-term and short-term?
  • How will your business take advantage of projected industry changes and trends?
  • What might happen to your competitors and how will your business successfully compete?

Industry resources

Some helpful resources to help you establish more about your industry are:

  • Trade Associations
  • Federal Reserve
  • Bureau of Labor Statistics

Legal Structure

There are five basic types of legal structures that most people will utilize:

  • Sole proprietorships
  • Limited Liability Companies (LLC)

Partnerships

Corporations.

  • Franchises.

Each business structure has their pros and cons. An LLC is the most common legal structure due to its protection of personal assets and ease of setting up. Make sure to specify how ownership is divided and what roles each owner plays when you have more than one business owner.

You’ll have to decide which structure is best for you, but we’ve gathered information on each to make it easier.

Sole Proprietorship

A sole proprietorship is the easiest legal structure to set up but doesn’t protect the owner’s personal assets from legal issues. That means if something goes wrong, you could lose both your company and your home.

To start a sole proprietorship, fill out a special tax form called a  Schedule C . Sole proprietors can also join the American Independent Business Alliance .

Limited Liability Company (LLC)

An LLC is the most common business structure used in the United States because an LLC protects the owner’s personal assets. It’s similar to partnerships and corporations, but can be a single-member LLC in most states. An LLC requires a document called an operating agreement.

Each state has different requirements. Here’s a link to find your state’s requirements . Delaware and Nevada are common states to file an LLC because they are really business-friendly. Here’s a blog on the top 10 states to get an LLC.

Partnerships are typically for legal firms. If you choose to use a partnership choose a Limited Liability Partnership. Alternatively, you can just use an LLC.

Corporations are typically for massive organizations. Corporations have taxes on both corporate and income tax so unless you plan on selling stock, you are better off considering an LLC with S-Corp status . Investopedia has good information corporations here .

An iPad with colored pens on a desk

There are several opportunities to purchase successful franchises. TopFranchise.com has a list of companies in a variety of industries that offer franchise opportunities. This makes it where an entrepreneur can benefit from the reputation of an established business that has already worked out many of the kinks of starting from scratch.

How to Write a Business Plan Step 5. Products and Services

This section of the business plan should focus on what you sell, how you source it, and how you sell it. You should include:

  • Unique features that differentiate your business products from competitors
  • Intellectual property
  • Your supply chain
  • Cost and pricing structure 

Questions to answer about your products and services

Mike gave us a list  of the most important questions to answer about your product and services:

  • How will you be selling the product? (in person, ecommerce, wholesale, direct to consumer)?
  • How do you let them know they need a product?
  • How do you communicate the message?
  • How will you do transactions?
  • How much will you be selling it for?
  • How many do you think you’ll sell and why?

Make sure to use the worksheet on our business plan template .

How to Write a Business Plan Step 6. Sales and Marketing Plan

The marketing and sales plan is focused on the strategy to bring awareness to your company and guides how you will get the product to the consumer.  It should contain the following sections:

SWOT Analysis stands for strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats. Not only do you want to identify them, but you also want to document how the business plans to deal with them.

Business owners need to do a thorough job documenting how their service or product stacks up against the competition.

If proper research isn’t done, investors will be able to tell that the owner hasn’t researched the competition and is less likely to believe that the team can protect its service from threats by the more well-established competition. This is one of the most common parts of a presentation that trips up business owners presenting on Shark Tank .

SWOT Examples

Business plan SWOT analysis

Examples of strengths and weaknesses could be things like the lack of cash flow, intellectual property ownership, high costs of suppliers, and customers’ expectations on shipping times.

Opportunities could be ways to capitalize on your strengths or improve your weaknesses, but may also be gaps in the industry. This includes:

  • Adding offerings that fit with your current small business
  • Increase sales to current customers
  • Reducing costs through bulk ordering
  • Finding ways to reduce inventory
  •  And other areas you can improve

Threats will normally come from outside of the company but could also be things like losing a key member of the team. Threats normally come from competition, regulations, taxes, and unforeseen events.

The management team should use the SWOT analysis to guide other areas of business planning, but it absolutely has to be done before a business owner starts marketing. 

Include Competitor Data in Your Business Plan

When you plan a business, taking into consideration the strengths and weaknesses of the competition is key to navigating the field. Providing an overview of your competition and where they are headed shows that you are invested in understanding the industry.

For smaller businesses, you’ll want to search both the company and the owners names to see what they are working on. For publicly held corporations, you can find their quarterly and annual reports on the SEC website .

What another business plans to do can impact your business. Make sure to include things that might make it attractive for bigger companies to outsource to a small business.

Marketing Strategy

The marketing and sales part of business plans should be focused on how you are going to make potential customers aware of your business and then sell to them.

If you haven’t already included it, Mike recommends:

“They’ll want to know about Demographics, ages, and wealth of your target market.”

Make sure to include the Total addressable market .  The term refers to the value if you captured 100% of the market.

Advertising Strategy

You’ll explain what formats of advertising you’ll be using. Some possibilities are:

  • Online: Facebook and Google are the big names to work with here.
  • Print : Print can be used to reach broad groups or targeted markets. Check out this for tips .
  • Radio : iHeartMedia is one of the best ways to advertise on the radio
  • Cable television : High priced, hard to measure ROI, but here’s an explanation of the process
  • Billboards: Attracting customers with billboards can be beneficial in high traffic areas.

You’ll want to define how you’ll be using each including frequency, duration, and cost. If you have the materials already created, including pictures or links to the marketing to show creative assets.

Mike told us “Most businesses are marketing digitally now due to Covid, but that’s not always the right answer.”

Make sure the marketing strategy will help team members or external marketing agencies stay within the brand guidelines .

An iPad with graph about pricing strategy

This section of a business plan should be focused on pricing. There are a ton of pricing strategies that may work for different business plans. Which one will work for you depends on what kind of a business you run.

Some common pricing strategies are:

  • Value-based pricing – Commonly used with home buying and selling or other products that are status symbols.
  • Skimming pricing – Commonly seen in video game consoles, price starts off high to recoup expenses quickly, then reduces over time.
  • Competition-based pricing – Pricing based on competitors’ pricing is commonly seen at gas stations.
  • Freemium services –  Commonly used for software, where there is a free plan, then purchase options for more functionality.

HubSpot has a great calculator and blog on pricing strategies.

Beyond explaining what strategy your business plans to use, you should include references for how you came to this pricing strategy and how it will impact your cash flow.

Distribution Plan

This part of a business plan is focused on how the product or service is going to go through the supply chain. These may include multiple divisions or multiple companies. Make sure to include any parts of the workflow that are automated so investors can see where cost savings are expected and when.

Supply Chain Examples

For instance, lawn care companies  would need to cover aspects such as:

  • Suppliers for lawn care equipment and tools
  • Any chemicals or treatments needed
  • Repair parts for sprinkler systems
  • Vehicles to transport equipment and employees
  • Insurance to protect the company vehicles and people.

Examples of Supply Chains

These are fairly flat supply chains compared to something like a clothing designer where the clothes would go through multiple vendors. A clothing company might have the following supply chain:

  • Raw materials
  • Shipping of raw materials
  • Converting of raw materials to thread
  • Shipping thread to produce garments
  • Garment producer
  • Shipping to company
  • Company storage
  • Shipping to retail stores

There have been advances such as print on demand that eliminate many of these steps. If you are designing completely custom clothing, all of this would need to be planned to keep from having business disruptions.

The main thing to include in the business plan is the list of suppliers, the path the supply chain follows, the time from order to the customer’s home, and the costs associated with each step of the process.

According to BizPlanReview , a business plan without this information is likely to get rejected because they have failed to research the key elements necessary to make sales to the customer.

How to Write a Business Plan Step 7. Company Organization and Operational Plan

This part of the business plan is focused on how the business model will function while serving customers.  The business plan should provide an overview of  how the team will manage the following aspects:

Quality Control

  • Legal environment

Let’s look at each for some insight.

Production has already been discussed in previous sections so I won’t go into it much. When writing a business plan for investors, try to avoid repetition as it creates a more simple business plan.

If the organizational plan will be used by the team as an overview of how to perform the best services for the customer, then redundancy makes more sense as it communicates what is important to the business.

A wooden stamp with the words "quality control"

Quality control policies help to keep the team focused on how to verify that the company adheres to the business plan and meets or exceeds customer expectations.

Quality control can be anything from a standard that says “all labels on shirts can be no more than 1/16″ off center” to a defined checklist of steps that should be performed and filled out for every customer.

There are a variety of organizations that help define quality control including:

  • International Organization for Standardization – Quality standards for energy, technology, food, production environments, and cybersecurity
  • AICPA – Standard defined for accounting.
  • The Joint Commission – Healthcare
  • ASHRAE – HVAC best practices

You can find lists of the organizations that contribute most to the government regulation of industries on Open Secrets . Research what the leaders in your field are doing. Follow their example and implement it in your quality control plan.

For location, you should use information from the market research to establish where the location will be. Make sure to include the following in the location documentation.

  • The size of your location
  • The type of building (retail, industrial, commercial, etc.)
  • Zoning restrictions – Urban Wire has a good map on how zoning works in each state
  • Accessibility – Does it meet ADA requirements?
  • Costs including rent, maintenance, utilities, insurance and any buildout or remodeling costs
  • Utilities – b.e.f. has a good energy calculator .

Legal Environment

The legal requirement section is focused on defining how to meet the legal requirements for your industry. A good business plan should include all of the following:

  • Any licenses and/or permits that are needed and whether you’ve obtained them
  • Any trademarks, copyrights, or patents that you have or are in the process of applying for
  • The insurance coverage your business requires and how much it costs
  • Any environmental, health, or workplace regulations affecting your business
  • Any special regulations affecting your industry
  • Bonding requirements, if applicable

Your local SBA office can help you establish requirements in your area. I strongly recommend using them. They are a great resource.

Your business plan should include a plan for company organization and hiring. While you may be the only person with the company right now, down the road you’ll need more people. Make sure to consider and document the answers to the following questions:

  • What is the current leadership structure and what will it look like in the future?
  • What types of employees will you have? Are there any licensing or educational requirements?
  • How many employees will you need?
  • Will you ever hire freelancers or independent contractors?
  • What is each position’s job description?
  • What is the pay structure (hourly, salaried, base plus commission, etc.)?
  • How do you plan to find qualified employees and contractors?

One of the most crucial parts of a business plan is the organizational chart. This simply shows the positions the company will need, who is in charge of them and the relationship of each of them. It will look similar to this:

Organization chart

Our small business plan template has a much more in-depth organizational chart you can edit to include when you include the organizational chart in your business plan.

How to Write a Business Plan Step 8. Financial Statements 

No business plan is complete without financial statements or financial projections. The business plan format will be different based on whether you are writing a business plan to expand a business or a startup business plan. Let’s dig deeper into each.

Provide All Financial Income from an Existing Business

An existing business should use their past financial documents including the income statement, balance sheet, and cash flow statement to find trends to estimate the next 3-5 years.

You can create easy trendlines in excel to predict future revenue, profit and loss, cash flow, and other changes in year-over-year performance. This will show your expected performance assuming business continues as normal.

If you are seeking an investment, then the business is probably not going to continue as normal. Depending on the financial plan and the purpose of getting financing, adjustments may be needed to the following:

  • Higher Revenue if expanding business
  • Lower Cost of Goods Sold if purchasing inventory with bulk discounts
  • Adding interest if utilizing financing (not equity deal)
  • Changes in expenses
  • Addition of financing information to the cash flow statement
  • Changes in Earnings per Share on the balance sheet

Financial modeling is a challenging subject, but there are plenty of low-cost courses on the subject. If you need help planning your business financial documentation take some time to watch some of them.

Make it a point to document how you calculated all the changes to the income statement, balance sheet, and cash flow statement in your business plan so that key team members or investors can verify your research.

Financial Projections For A Startup Business Plan

Unlike an existing business, a startup doesn’t have previous success to model its future performance. In this scenario, you need to focus on how to make a business plan realistic through the use of industry research and averages.

Mike gave the following advice in his interview:

Financial Forecasting Mistakes

One of the things a lot of inexperienced people use is the argument, “If I get one percent of the market, it is worth $100 million.” If you use this, investors are likely to file the document under bad business plan examples.

Let’s use custom t-shirts as an example.

Credence Research estimated in 2018 there were 11,334,800,000 custom t-shirts sold for a total of $206.12 Billion, with a 6% compound annual growth rate.

With that data,  you can calculate that the industry will grow to $270 Billion in 2023 and that the average shirt sold creates $18.18 in revenue.

Combine that with an IBIS World estimate of 11,094 custom screen printers and that means even if you become an average seller, you’ll get .009% of the market.

Here’s a table for easier viewing of that information.

A table showing yearly revenue of a business

The point here is to make sure your business proposal examples make sense.

You’ll need to know industry averages such as cost of customer acquisition, revenue per customer, the average cost of goods sold, and admin costs to be able to create accurate estimates.

Our simple business plan templates walk you through most of these processes. If you follow them you’ll have a good idea of how to write a business proposal.

How to Write a Business Plan Step 9. Business Plan Example of Funding Requests

What is a business plan without a plan on how to obtain funding?

The Small Business Administration has an example for a pizza restaurant that theoretically needed nearly $20k to make it through their first month.

In our video, How to Start a $500K/Year T-Shirt Business (Pt. 1 ), Sanford Booth told us he needed about $200,000 to start his franchise and broke even after 4 months.

Freshbooks estimates it takes on average 2-3 years for a business to be profitable, which means the fictitious pizza company from the SBA could need up to $330k to make it through that time and still pay their bills for their home and pizza shop.

Not every business needs that much to start, but realistically it’s a good idea to assume that you need a fairly large cushion.

Ways to get funding for a small business

There are a variety of ways to cover this. the most common are:

  • Bootstrapping – Using your savings without external funding.
  • Taking out debt – loans, credit cards
  • Equity, Seed Funding – Ownership of a percentage of the company in exchange for current funds
  • Crowdsourcing – Promising a good for funding to create the product

Keep reading for more tips on how to write a business plan.

How funding will be used

When asking for business financing make sure to include:

  • How much to get started?
  • What is the minimum viable product and how soon can you make money?
  • How will the money be spent?

Mike emphasized two aspects that should be included in every plan, 

How to Write a Business Plan Resources

Here are some links to a business plan sample and business plan outline. 

  • Sample plan

It’s also helpful to follow some of the leading influencers in the business plan writing community. Here’s a list:

  • Wise Plans –  Shares a lot of information on starting businesses and is a business plan writing company.
  • Optimus Business Plans –  Another business plan writing company.
  • Venture Capital – A venture capital thread that can help give you ideas.

How to Write a Business Plan: What’s Next?

We hope this guide about how to write a simple business plan step by step has been helpful. We’ve covered:

  • The definition of a business plan
  • Coming up with a business idea
  • Performing market research
  • The critical components of a business plan
  • An example business plan

In addition, we provided you with a simple business plan template to assist you in the process of writing your startup business plan. The startup business plan template also includes a business model template that will be the key to your success.

Don’t forget to check out the rest of our business hub .

Have you written a business plan before? How did it impact your ability to achieve your goals?

80% of businesses fail... Learn how not to.

Learn from business failures and successes in 5 min or less. The stories, frameworks, and tactics that will make you a 10x better founder.

business plan financial tables

Brandon Boushy

Related articles

21 Unique Business Ideas for 2024

21 Best Mobile Business Ideas (for 2024)

The Ultimate Cleaning Supplies List (2024)

business plan financial tables

nice work https://binarychemist.com/

business plan financial tables

My Name is PRETTY NGOMANE. A south African female. Aspiring to do farming. And finding a home away from home for the differently abled persons in their daily needs.

Become a business owner in less than 90 days

Start your 10-day free trial of the UpFlip Academy and learn how to start your own business from scratch.

Get business advice straight to your   Inbox 

  • Search Search Please fill out this field.
  • Building Your Business
  • Becoming an Owner
  • Business Plans

How to Write the Financial Section of a Business Plan

Susan Ward wrote about small businesses for The Balance for 18 years. She has run an IT consulting firm and designed and presented courses on how to promote small businesses.

business plan financial tables

Taking Stock of Expenses

The income statement, the cash flow projection, the balance sheet.

The financial section of your business plan determines whether or not your business idea is viable and will be the focus of any investors who may be attracted to your business idea. The financial section is composed of four financial statements: the income statement, the cash flow projection, the balance sheet, and the statement of shareholders' equity. It also should include a brief explanation and analysis of these four statements.

Think of your business expenses as two cost categories: your start-up expenses and your operating expenses. All the costs of getting your business up and running should be considered start-up expenses. These may include:

  • Business registration fees
  • Business licensing and permits
  • Starting inventory
  • Rent deposits
  • Down payments on a property
  • Down payments on equipment
  • Utility setup fees

Your own list will expand as soon as you start to itemize them.

Operating expenses are the costs of keeping your business running . Think of these as your monthly expenses. Your list of operating expenses may include:

  • Salaries (including your own)
  • Rent or mortgage payments
  • Telecommunication expenses
  • Raw materials
  • Distribution
  • Loan payments
  • Office supplies
  • Maintenance

Once you have listed all of your operating expenses, the total will reflect the monthly cost of operating your business. Multiply this number by six, and you have a six-month estimate of your operating expenses. Adding this amount to your total startup expenses list, and you have a ballpark figure for your complete start-up costs.

Now you can begin to put together your financial statements for your business plan starting with the income statement.

The income statement shows your revenues, expenses, and profit for a particular period—a snapshot of your business that shows whether or not your business is profitable. Subtract expenses from your revenue to determine your profit or loss.

While established businesses normally produce an income statement each fiscal quarter or once each fiscal year, for the purposes of the business plan, an income statement should be generated monthly for the first year.

Not all of the categories in this income statement will apply to your business. Eliminate those that do not apply, and add categories where necessary to adapt this template to your business.

If you have a product-based business, the revenue section of the income statement will look different. Revenue will be called sales, and you should account for any inventory.

The cash flow projection shows how cash is expected to flow in and out of your business. It is an important tool for cash flow management because it indicates when your expenditures are too high or if you might need a short-term investment to deal with a cash flow surplus. As part of your business plan, the cash flow projection will show how  much capital investment  your business idea needs.

For investors, the cash flow projection shows whether your business is a good credit risk and if there is enough cash on hand to make your business a good candidate for a line of credit, a  short-term loan , or a longer-term investment. You should include cash flow projections for each month over one year in the financial section of your business plan.

Do not confuse the cash flow projection with the cash flow statement. The cash flow statement shows the flow of cash in and out of your business. In other words, it describes the cash flow that has occurred in the past. The cash flow projection shows the cash that is anticipated to be generated or expended over a chosen period in the future.

There are three parts to the cash flow projection:

  • Cash revenues: Enter your estimated sales figures for each month. Only enter the sales that are collectible in cash during each month you are detailing.
  • Cash disbursements: Take the various expense categories from your ledger and list the cash expenditures you actually expect to pay for each month.
  • Reconciliation of cash revenues to cash disbursements: This section shows an opening balance, which is the carryover from the previous month's operations. The current month's revenues are added to this balance, the current month's disbursements are subtracted, and the adjusted cash flow balance is carried over to the next month.

The balance sheet reports your business's net worth at a particular point in time. It summarizes all the financial data about your business in three categories:

  • Assets :  Tangible objects of financial value that are owned by the company.
  • Liabilities: Debt owed to a creditor of the company.
  • Equity: The net difference when the  total liabilities  are subtracted from the total assets.

The relationship between these elements of financial data is expressed with the equation: Assets = Liabilities + Equity .

For your  business plan , you should create a pro forma balance sheet that summarizes the information in the income statement and cash flow projections. A business typically prepares a balance sheet once a year.

Once your balance sheet is complete, write a brief analysis for each of the three financial statements. The analysis should be short with highlights rather than in-depth analysis. The financial statements themselves should be placed in your business plan's appendices.

Business Plan Hut

  • What is a Business Plan
  • Table of Contents
  • Executive Summary
  • Mission Statement
  • Marketing Section
  • Operating Plan
  • Management & Staffing Section
  • Financial Section
  • Business Plan Tips
  • Income Statement
  • Balance Sheet
  • Cash Flow Statement
  • Break-even Analysis
  • Ratio Analysis
  • Sensitivity Analysis
  • Notes to Financials
  • Financial Budgets
  • Forecasting Cash Flow
  • Break-Even Analysis
  • Operation Issues
  • Marketing Issues
  • Licenses, Permits, Inspections & Taxes
  • Management/Staffing
  • Financial Issues

Main Menu Items

Home Writing a Business Plan Financial Statements Forecasting Statements Business Checklist

The Complete Financial Section of the Business Plan with Examples

  • Email a Friend

Digg

FINANCIAL SECTION OF YOUR BUSINESS PLAN

The Financial Section, in many cases, is the most scrutinized section of your business plan. In short, it provides details on how potentially profitable the business will be, how much debt and equity capital is required for the business venture, when debts are scheduled to be repaid to investors, your financial statement forecasts, and the assumptions made when creating your financial projections.

The Financial Section of your business plan relies on Forecasted Financial Statements. Forecasted financial statements help an entrepreneur determine the feasibility of his/her business venture and help to estimate the amount of money an entrepreneur will need in order to successfully launch and operate the proposed endeavor. In addition, these statement help investors in determining the plan's feasibility and its potential profitability. It is for these reasons that many refer the financial section as the "heart of a business plan". All other sections of the plan (operations section, management section, marketing section, etc) show an investor whether or not an entrepreneurs' financial projections can materialize as envisioned.

The financial section of the business plan can be developed by you or an accountant. At any rate, the structure of the financial section generally includes the following items;

  • A.    Introduction to the Financial Plan
  • B.    Forecasted Financial Statements
  • C.    Notes to the Forecasted Financial Statements

Below further explains each of the above components; beginning with the "Introduction to the Financial Plan".

PART A.  -   INTRODUCTION TO THE FINANCIAL PLAN

The Financial section of your business plan will begin with an introduction to the Financial Plan. The actual structure and details provided in the introduction is left up to the entrepreneur. Moreover, some entrepreneurs (business plan writers) feel its imperative to give the reader a quick summary of each forecasted statement, while others only tell the reader how the financial plan section has been organized. The following example of an Introduction to the Financial Plan supports the latter.

Example of J&B Incorporated's Introduction to the Financial Plan

INTRODUCTION TO THE FINANCIAL PLAN

The Financial Plan outlines J&B's forecasted financial statements and the assumptions made when developing them. The Company's capital requirements, how the capital is to be used and our repayment plan is also illustrated here.

The following financial statements and analysis have been forecasted over a three year period.

Income Statements
Balance Sheets
Cash Flow Statements
Break-Even Analysis
Sensitivity Analysis
Ratio Analysis

The above financial statements assume that the Product Development Phase will begin January 1, 1998 and end on April 30, 1998. In May, J&B will begin its operations. The fiscal year end has been set for April 30 so that a full year of operation can be shown each year for the three year forecasted period.

Following the forecasted statements and analysis are "Notes to the Financial Statements". These Notes explain how we arrived at the account balances.

Notice, the above example tells the reader what he/she is expected to see under the Financial Plan. It does not go into details on how the Company plans to repay its debt nor how it will obtain its start-up capital. Rather the Introduction suggests that readers refer to the "Notes to the Financial Statements" for further information. If your Notes to the Financial Statements do not fully explain the "higher points" of your forecasted income statement, balance sheet, your loan repayment schedule, capital requirements, or how the capital will be used, we suggest you develop a in-depth Introduction. On the other end of the continuum, if your notes to the financial statements fully explain these items, you may elect to develop and Introduction similar to J&B Incorporated.

PART B FORECASTED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The next part of the Financial Plan is the Forecasted Financial Statements. You will include the following forecasted statements and analysis in your Financial Plan.

Three Year Forecasted Income Statements
Three Year Forecasted Balance Sheets
Three Year Forecasted Cash Flow statements
Three Year Break-even Analysis
Three Year Sensitivity Analysis
Three Year Ratio Analysis

Below briefly explains the above statements and analysis and depicts how each should appear in Part B of your Financial Plan.

1.   -  THE FORECASTED INCOME STATEMENT

The first statement appearing in the financial plan is your Forecasted Income Statement. An Income Statement is a financial tool used to determine whether a company earned a profit or incurred a loss within a given time frame. An income statement is developed by listing all revenues (sales) within a specific time frame, listing all expenses within the same time frame and subtracting the expenses from the revenues to arrive at Earnings Before Taxes (EBT) for that time frame. Income taxes are then calculated and subtracted from earnings before taxes to arrive at a company's Net Income after taxes or what many people refer to as - THE BOTTOM LINE.

If you plan to open a new business or plan on expanding an existing one, you will not have actual revenues or expenses. In this case, you will be required to anticipate (forecast) revenues and expenses over a one year period, for a minimum of three years. In other words, you will have to construct what is known as an annual forecasted income statement for three years. The forecasted Income statement will show investors such as banks, governments, and private entities if and when your business plans to make a profit.

The forecasted income statements for three years should appear on One Page. Moreover, the one page will consist of three columns - one column for your first year forecasted income statement, one column for the second year forecasted income statement, and one column for your third year forecasted income statement. Below provides an example of how your forecasted incomes should appear.







Total Revenue from Sales (note 1) $582,401 $673,775 $784,411
Cost of Goods Sold (note 2) $130,191 $146,378 $152,846
:
Advertising Expense (note 3) $130,000 $150,000 $170,000
Wages & Employee Benefits (note 4) $122,366 $136,153 $167,421
Casual Labor (note 5) $ 2,400 $ 3,000 $ 3,600
Office Supplies (note 6) $ 1,500 $ 1,715 $ 1,908
Rent Expense (note 7) $ 12,000 $ 12,600 $ 13,230
Telephone/Fax Expense (note 8) $ 3,600 $ 3,840 $ 4,080
Professional Services (note 9) $ 7,000 $ 3,500 $ 4,000
Insurance Expenses (note 10) $ 1,500 $ 1,650 $ 1,815
Toll-free Charges above Variable Cost (note 11) $ 15,685 $ 20,706 $ 25,408
Bad Debt Expense (note 12) $ 5,824 $ 6,738 $ 7,844
Interest on Operating Loan (note 13) $ 2,000 $ nil $ nil
Internet Storage & Accounts Expense (note 14) $ 2,550 $ 2,700 $ 2,865
Miscellaneous Expenses (note 15) $ 2,400 $ 2,600 $ 2,800
Depreciation Expense - Equipment (note 16) $ 3,142 $ 4,392 $ 6,392
Depreciation Expense- Furniture (note 17) $ 606 $ 906 $ 1,306
Amortization of Initial Development Costs (note 18) $ 15,924 $ 15,924 $ 15,924
Amortization of Future Development Costs (note 19) $ 24,720 $ 55,215 $ 86,575
Net Income Before Taxes $ 98,992 $105,759 $116,397
Less: Taxes (note 20) $ 29,698 $ 31,728 $ 34,919
* Ending April 1999 refers to J&B's forecasted revenues and expenses from April 1998 to April 1999. It does not however, include the expected expenses incurred during the product's five month development phase. For further information regarding the Company's Initial Development Costs, please refer to NOTE 18.
** Numbers are rounded

Notice after each account item that a note and a number is stated. These numbers refer to the Notes to the Financial Statements and allows readers (investors) the opportunity to see how J&B arrived at each account balance or value. This will become more apparent later on as we discuss Part C of the Financial Plan entitled "Notes to the Forecasted Financial Statements".

Also, notice J&B's three year Forecasted Income Statement is one page in length. The revenue and expense "items" are listed on the left hand side, while each year's forecasted revenues and expenses ("values") are shown in a column to the right. Your forecasted income statement for a three year period should appear in a similar fashion. Moreover, it is more professional and investors can compare your expected revenue and expense projections from year to year.

This concludes our discussion on how your forecasted income statements should appear in your Financial Plan. Remember it is imperative to understand the theory behind the income statement before attempting to forecast your own. To learn more about this statement, please refer to the section entitled " The Income Statement ". When you understand the theory behind each financial statement and analysis, you will be equipped with the tools necessary tools needed in Forecasting Your Own Forecasted Financial Statements .

2. THE FORECASTED BALANCE SHEETS

The next statement to appear in the financial plan is your Forecasted Balance Sheets. Three, annual (year end) Forecasted Balance Sheets should follow your three year projected income statements. These forecasted balance sheets show investors the items your business anticipates to own at the beginning and end of each forecasted year. In addition, these statements will show investors how much your business anticipates to owe at the beginning and end of each forecasted period. By developing a forecasted annual balance sheet for three years into the future, you and investors will be able to determine if your proposed business provides an opportunity (IE profitable).

In addition to the three year forecasted balance sheets, investors will want to see an opening balance sheet. An opening balance sheet generally shows the businesses' assets, liabilities, and owner's investments into the business.

The three year forecasted balance sheets should be placed on one page. Moreover, the one page will consist of four columns - one column for your opening balance sheet, one column for the first year forecasted balance sheet, one column for the second year forecasted balance sheet, and one column for your third year forecasted balance sheet. Below provides an example of J&B Incorporated's forecasted Balance Sheet.

Ending Cash (note 21) $ 63,314 $ 57,608 $ 61,968 $ 94,091
Office Supplies (note 6) $ 0 $ 500 $ 735 $ 476
Finished Diskette Inventory (note 2) $ 0 $ 6,683 $ 2,803 $ 1,790
Finished CD Inventory (note 2) $ 0 $ 3,103 $ 2,072 $ 2,053
:
Net Computer Equipment (note 16) $ 7,602 $ 9,426 $ 10,034 $ 11,642
Net Office Furniture (note 17) $ 1,412 $ 2,425 $ 3,018 $ 3,712
Net Intangible - Initial R&D (note 18) $ 47,772 $ 31,848 $ 15,924 $ 0
Net Intangible - Future R&D (note 19) $ 0 $ 74,161 $140,923 $179,789
Accounts Payable (note 22) $ 0 $ 4,975 $ 5,274 $ 6,394
Wages & Employee Benefits (note 23) $ 0 $ 1,686 $ 2,049 $ 2,336
Operating Loan Payable (note 13) $20,000 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Taxes Payable (note 20) $ 0 $ 29,698 $ 31,728 $ 34,919
100 Class A Common Shares(note 24) $ 100 $ 100 $ 100 $ 100
50 Class B Common Shares (note 24) $100,000 $100,000 $100,000 $100,000
Retained Earnings (note 25) $ 0 $ 49,294 $ 98,326 $149,804
* April 30, 1998 represents the forecasted account balances at the end of the product's development phase.
** April 30, 1999 represents the forecasted account balances at the end of the company's first year of operation.

Notice J&B's three year Forecasted Balance is one page in length. The Asset, Liability, and Equity "items" are listed on the left hand side, while each year's forecasted account balances (values) are shown in a column to the right. Your forecasted balance sheet for a year three period should appear in a similar fashion. It is more tidy and investors can compare your expected financial position from year to year.

Also, notice after each account item that a note and a number is stated. These numbers refer to the Notes to the Financial Statements and allows readers (investors) the opportunity to see how J&B arrived at each account balance or value. This will become more apparent later on as we discuss Part C of the Financial Plan entitled "Notes to the Forecasted Financial Statements".

This concludes our discussion on how your projected balance sheet should appear in your Financial Plan. Remember it is imperative to understand the theory behind the Balance Sheet before attempting to forecast your own. To learn more about this statement, please refer to the section entitled " The Balance Sheet ". When you understand the theory behind each financial statement and analysis, you will be equipped with the tools necessary tools needed in Forecasting Your Own Forecasted Financial Statements .

3. FORECASTED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS

The next statement to appear in the financial plan is your Forecasted Cash-flow Statements. The Cash Flow Statement is a tool used to forecast the movement of cash into and out-off the business. The movement of cash into a company may result from sales to customers, cash from investors, cash from bank loans, cash from the owners, cash from interest earned, cash from commission sales, or from any other source that provides cash to the business. The movement of cash out-off the company might include items such as advertising, wages and salaries, inventory purchases, payment on taxes, payment on business loans, utilities, owner withdrawals, rent, dividends, and so on.

Without the necessary cash, a business will not survive. Therefore, a forecasted cash flow statement is constructed to determine if an entrepreneur's business will have enough cash to carry out the day to day (month to month) operations.

A cash flow statement can be organized on a daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly bases. Most bankers and other investors, however, prefer see a monthly cash flow statement for a three year period. In other words, you will be required to develop three forecasted cashflow statements, each consisting of a twelve month period.

This may seem overwhelming at first, but with the aid of a spreadsheet program such as Lotus 123 or Excel, the task becomes rather simple. If you do not have a spreadsheet program, you are advised to purchase one and learn how it operates - It is an invaluable business tool that will save you lots of time and money. Below provides an example of J&B's forecasted cashflow statement for a three year period. (please note: normally each annual cashflow statement is constructed in a spreadsheet program and consist of a twelve month forecasted period. Due to the margins of this program, we are unable to place twelve columns on one page. As a result, we have used two pages for each year to illustrate J&B's annual forecasted cash flow statement).



.
Percentage of Sales (per month) 3% 3% 8% 8% 9% 9% 10%
Total Unit Sales/ Month) 236 236 631 631 709 709 788
Diskette Sales (note 26) 142 142 378 378 426 426 473
CD Sales (note 26) 83 83 221 221 248 248 276
Internet Sales (note 26) 12 12 32 32 35 35 39
Weighed Average Selling Price (1) $73.89 $73.89 $73.89 $73.89 $73.89 $73.89 $73.89
Cash From Product Sales (100%) $17,472 $17,472 $46,592 $46,592 $52,416 $52,416 $58,240
Less: Bad Debt Expense (1%) $ 175 $ 175 $ 466 $ 466 $ 524 $ 524 $ 582
Purchase of Diskettes (note 27 a) $8,670 $ 0 $ 0 $ 8,670 $ 0 $ 8,670 $ 0
Purchase of CD (note 27 b) $2,500 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 2,500 $ 0 $ 0
Credit Card Charges (note 27 c) $ 877 $ 877 $ 2,339 $ 2,339 $ 2,632 $ 2,632 $ 2,924
Packaging Charges (note 27 d) $ 130 $ 130 $ 347 $ 347 $ 391 $ 391 $ 434
Actual Shipping Charges (note 27 e) $ 636 $ 636 $ 1,696 $ 1,696 $ 1,908 $ 1,908 $ 2,120
Toll Free Charges (note 27 f) $ 0 $ 471 $ 471 $ 1,255 $ 1,255 $ 1,412 $ 1,412
Commission on Sales (note 27 g) $ 0 $ 236 $ 236 $ 631 $ 631 $ 709 $ 709
Product Miscellaneous (note 27 h) $ 118 $ 118 $ 315 $ 315 $ 355 $ 355 $ 394
Advertising $5,000 $5,000 $12,000 $12,000 $12,000 $12,000 $12,000
Wages & Employee Benefits $6,217 $6,900 $10,464 $10,857 $10,857 $10,857 $10,857
Research & Development $7,630 $8,240 $ 8,240 $ 8,240 $ 8,240 $ 8,240 $ 8,240
Casual Labor $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 800 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Office Supplies $ 0 $ 500 $ 0 $ 0 $ 500 $ 0 $ 0
Rent $1,000 $1,000 $ 1,000 $ 1,000 $ 1,000 $ 1,000 $ 1,000
Telephone/Fax $ 0 $ 300 $ 300 $ 300 $ 300 $ 300 $ 300
Professional Services $ 0 $2,250 $ 2,250 $ 250 $ 250 $ 250 $ 250
Business Insurance $1,500 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Toll-free Charges above Variable $ 0 $ 471 $ 471 $ 1,255 $ 1,255 $ 1,412 $ 1,412
Miscellaneous Charges $ 200 $ 200 $ 200 $ 200 $ 200 $ 200 $ 200
Office Furniture $1,618 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Office Equipment $4,966 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Payment on Operating Loan $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Interest on Loan $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Internet Storage and Accounts $ 150 $ 150 $ 150 $ 150 $ 150 $ 150 $ 150
Dividends Paid (note 28) $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $20,000
Net Cash Flow (Deficiency) $-23,915 $-10,183 $5,646 $-4,179 $7,470 $1,407 $-4,744
Beginning Cash Balance (note 21) $63,314 $39,398 $29,216 $34,862 $30,683 $38,153 $39,560

The remaining five (5) months of J&B's first year Forecasted Cashflow Statement is presented below. Recall this is not the correct format - the first year cashflow statement should be developed in a spreadsheet program and should appear on one page.

Percentage of Total Sales (per month) 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 100%
Total Unit Sales/ Month) 788 788 788 788 788 7,882
Diskette Sales (note 26) 473 473 473 473 473 4729
CD Sales (note 26) 276 276 276 276 276 2,759
Internet Sales (note 26) 39 39 39 39 39 394
Weighed Average Selling Price (note 1) $73.89 $73.89 $73.89 $73.89 $73.89
Cash From Product Sales (100%) $58,240 $58,240 $58,240 $58,240 $58,240 $582,401
Less: Bad Debt Expense (1%) $ 582 $ 582 $ 582 $ 582 $ 582 $ 5,824
Purchase of Diskettes (note 27 a) $ 0 $13,005 $ 0 $ 8,670 $ 0 $47,658
Purchase of CD (note 27 b) $ 0 $ 2,500 $ 0 $ 0 $ 2,500 $ 10,000
Credit Card Charges (note 27 c) $2,924 $ 2,924 $ 2,924 $ 2,924 $ 2,924 $ 29,242
Packaging Charges (note 27 d) $ 434 $ 434 $ 434 $ 434 $ 434 $ 4,343
Actual Shipping Charges (note 27 e) $2,120 $ 2,120 $ 2,120 $ 2,120 $ 2,120 $ 21,199
Toll Free Charges (note 27 f) $1,569 $ 1,569 $ 1,569 $ 1,569 $ 1,569 $ 14,117
Commission on Sales (note 27 g) $ 788 $ 788 $ 788 $ 788 $ 788 $ 7,094
Product Miscellaneous (note 27 h) $ 394 $ 394 $ 394 $ 394 $ 394 $ 3,941
Advertising $12,000 $12,000 $12,000 $12,000 $12,000 $130,000
Wages & Employee Benefits $10,857 $10,857 $10,857 $10,857 $10,857 $121,291
Research & Development $8,240 $8,240 $ 8,240 $ 8,240 $ 8,240 $ 98,271
Casual Labour $ 800 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 800 $ 2,400
Office Supplies $ 500 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 1,500
Rent $1,000 $1,000 $ 1,000 $ 1,000 $ 1,000 $ 12,000
Telephone/Fax $ 300 $ 300 $ 300 $ 300 $ 300 $ 3,300
Professional Services $ 250 $ 250 $ 250 $ 250 $ 250 $ 6,750
Business Insurance $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 1,500
Toll-free Charges above Variable $1,569 $1,569 $ 1,569 $ 1,569 $ 1,569 $ 14,117
Miscellaneous Charges $ 200 $ 200 $ 200 $ 200 $ 200 $ 2,400
Office Furniture $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 1,618
Office Equipment $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 4,966
Payment on Operating Loan $20,000 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 20,000
Interest on Loan $ 2,000 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 2,000
Internet Storage and Accounts $ 900 $ 150 $ 150 $ 150 $ 150 $ 2,550
Dividends Paid (note 28) $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 20,000
Net Cash Flow (Deficiency) $(9,187) $ (642) $14,863 $ 6,193 $11,563
Plus Beginning Cash Balance (note 21) $34,816 $25,629 $24,988 $39,851 $46,044
* Numbers are rounded.


Percentage of Sales (per month) 8% 7% 7% 8% 8% 10% 9%
Total Unit Sales/ Month) 793 693 693 793 793 991 892
Diskette Sales (note 26) 317 277 277 317 317 396 357
CD Sales (note 26) 396 347 347 396 396 495 446
Internet Sales (note 26) 79 69 69 79 79 99 89
Weighed Average Selling Price (1) $68.01 $68.01 $68.01 $68.01 $68.01 $68.01 $68.01
Product Cost Inflation Rate 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
:
Cash From Product Sales (100%) $53,902 $47,164 $47,164 $53,902 $53,902 $67,378 $60,640
Less: Bad Debt Expense (1%) $ 539 $ 472 $ 472 $ 539 $ 539 $ 674 $ 606
Purchase of Diskettes (note 27 a) $ 0 $ 9,100 $ 0 $ 0 $ 9,100 $ 0 $ 0
Purchase of CD (note 27 b) $ 0 $ 0 $ 2,630 $ 0 $ 0 $ 3,945 $ 0
Credit Card Charges (note 27 c) $ 2,726 $ 2,386 $ 2,386 $ 2,726 $ 2,726 $ 3,408 $ 3,067
Packaging Charges (note 27 d) $ 435 $ 381 $ 381 $ 435 $ 435 $ 544 $ 490
Actual Shipping Charges (note 27 e) $ 1,752 $ 1,533 $ 1,533 $ 1,752 $ 1,752 $ 2,190 $ 1,971
Toll Free Charges (note 27 f) $ 1,569 $ 1,656 $ 1,449 $ 1,449 $ 1,656 $ 1,656 $ 2,071
Commission on Sales (note 27 g) $ 788 $ 832 $ 728 $ 728 $ 832 $ 832 $ 1,040
Product Miscellaneous (note 27 h) $ 420 $ 368 $ 368 $ 420 $ 420 $ 525 $ 473
Advertising $12,500 $12,500 $12,500 $12,500 $12,500 $12,500 $12,500
Wages & Employee Benefits $11,298 $11,346 $11,346 $11,346 $11,346 $11,346 $11,346
Research & Development $ 9,850 $10,165 $10,165 $10,165 $10,165 $10,165 $10,165
Casual Labour $ 750 $ 0 $ 0 $ 750 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Office Supplies $ 500 $ 0 $ 0 $ 488 $ 0 $ 488 $ 0
Rent $ 1,050 $ 1,050 $ 1,050 $ 1,050 $ 1,050 $ 1,050 $ 1,050
Telephone/Fax $ 300 $ 320 $ 320 $ 320 $ 320 $ 320 $ 320
Professional Services $ 250 $ 292 $ 292 $ 292 $ 292 $ 292 $ 292
Business Insurance $ 1,650 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Toll-free Charges above Variable $ 1,569 $ 1,656 $ 1,449 $ 1,449 $ 1,656 $ 1,656 $ 2,071
Miscellaneous Charges $ 217 $ 217 $ 217 $ 217 $ 217 $ 217 $ 217
Taxes Payable $29,698 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Office Furniture $ 1,500 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Office Equipment $ 5,000 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Internet Storage & Accounts $ 160 $ 160 $ 160 $ 160 $ 160 $ 160 $ 160
Dividends Paid (note 28) $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $25,000
Net Cash Flow (Deficiency) $-30,618 $ -7,269 $ - 281 $ 7,115 $ -1,265 $15,410 $-12,198
Plus Beginning Cash Balance $57,608 $26,989 $19,721 $19,440 $26,555 $25,290 $40,700

The remaining five (5) months of J&B's second year Forecasted Cashflow Statement is presented below. Recall this is not the correct format - the second year cashflow statement should be developed in a spreadsheet program and should appear on one page.

Percentage of Total Sales (per month) 8% 7% 10% 9% 9% 100%
Total Unit Sales/ Month) 793 693 991 892 892 9,907
Diskette Sales (note 26) 317 277 396 357 357 3,963
CD Sales (note 26) 396 347 495 446 446 4,954
Internet Sales (note 26) 79 69 99 89 89 991
Weighed Average Selling Price (note 1) 68.01 68.01 68.01 $68.01 $68.01
Product Cost Inflation Rate 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
:
Cash From Product Sales (100%) $53,902 $47,164 $67,378 $60,640 $60,640 $673,775
Less: Bad Debt Expense (1%) $ 539 $ 472 $ 674 $ 606 $ 606 $ 6,738
Purchase of Diskettes (note 27 a) $ 9,100 $ 0 $ 0 $ 4,550 $ 0 $ 31,850
Purchase of CD (note 27 b) $ 0 $ 2,630 $ 0 $ 0 $ 2,630 $ 11,835
Credit Card Charges (note 27 c) $ 2,726 $ 2,386 $ 3,408 $ 3,067 $ 3,067 $ 34,080
Packaging Charges (note 27 d) $ 435 $ 381 $ 544 $ 490 $ 490 $ 5,439
Actual Shipping Charges (note 27 e) $ 1,752 $ 1,533 $ 2,190 $ 1,971 $ 1,971 $ 21,904
Toll Free Charges (note 27 f) $ 1,864 $ 1,656 $ 1,449 $ 2,071 $ 1,864 $ 20,411
Commission on Sales (note 27 g) $ 936 $ 832 $ 728 $ 1,040 $ 936 $ 10,254
Product Miscellaneous (note 27 h) $ 420 $ 368 $ 525 $ 473 $ 473 $ 5,251
Advertising $12,500 $12,500 $12,500 $12,500 $12,500 $150,000
Wages & Employee Benefits $11,346 $11,346 $11,346 $11,346 $11,346 $136,104
Research & Development $10,165 $10,165 $10,165 $10,165 $10,165 $121,662
Casual Labour $ 750 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 750 $ 3,000
Office Supplies $ 0 $ 488 $ 0 $ 0 $ 488 $ 2,450
Rent $ 1,050 $ 1,050 $ 1,050 $ 1,050 $ 1,050 $ 12,600
Telephone/Fax $ 320 $ 320 $ 320 $ 320 $ 320 $ 3,820
Professional Services $ 292 $ 292 $ 292 $ 292 $ 292 $ 3,458
Business Insurance $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 1,650
Toll-free Charges above variable $ 1,864 $ 1,656 $ 1,449 $ 2,071 $ 1,864 $ 20,411
Miscellaneous $ 217 $ 217 $ 217 $ 217 $ 217 $ 2,600
Taxes Payable $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 29,698
Office Furniture $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 1,500
Computer Equipment $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 5,000
Internet Storage & Accounts $ 940 $ 160 $ 160 $ 160 $ 160 $ 2,700
Dividends Paid $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 25,000
Net Cash Flow (Deficiency) $-3,313 $-1,286 $20,360 $ 8,252 $ 9,453
Plus: Beginning Cash Balance $28,502 $25,189 $23,903 $44,263 $52,515
.
Percentage of Total Sales (per month) 8% 7% 7% 8% 8% 10% 9%
Total Unit Sales/ Month) 928 812 812 928 928 1,160 1,044
Diskette Sales (note 26) 186 162 162 186 186 232 209
CD Sales (note 26) 603 528 528 603 603 754 679
Internet Sales (note 26) 139 122 122 139 139 174 157
Weighed Average Selling Price ( 1) $67.61 $67.61 $67.61 $67.61 $67.61 $67.61 $67.61
Product Cost Inflation Rate 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10%
Cash From Product Sales (100%) $62,753 $54,909 $54,909 $62,753 $62,753 $78,441 $70,597
Less: Bad Debt Expense (1%) $ 628 $ 549 $ 549 $ 628 $ 628 $ 784 $ 706
:
Purchase of Diskettes (note 27 a) $ 0 $ 9,540 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 9,540
Purchase of CD (note 27 b) $ 0 $ 5,500 $ 0 $ 0 $ 5,500 $ 0 $ 0
Credit Card Charges (note 27 c) $ 3,193 $ 2,794 $ 2,794 $ 3,193 $ 3,193 $ 3,991 $ 3,592
Packaging Charges (note 27 d) $ 505 $ 442 $ 442 $ 505 $ 505 $ 631 $ 568
Actual Shipping Charges (note 27 e) $ 1,554 $ 1,360 $ 1,360 $ 1,554 $ 1,554 $ 1,943 $ 1,748
Toll Free Charges (note 27 f) $ 1,863 $ 2,033 $ 1,779 $ 1,779 $ 2,033 $ 2,033 $ 2,541
Commission on Sales (note 27 g) $ 936 $ 1,021 $ 893 $ 893 $ 1,021 $ 1,021 $ 1,276
Product Miscellaneous (note 27 h) $ 510 $ 447 $ 447 $ 510 $ 510 $ 638 $ 574
Advertising $14,167 $14,167 $14,167 $14,167 $14,167 $14,167 $14,167
Wages & Employee Benefits $13,694 $13,952 $13,952 $13,952 $13,952 $13,952 $13,952
Research & Development $10,425 $10,453 $10,453 $10,453 $10,453 $10,453 $10,453
Casual Labour $ 900 $ 0 $ 0 $ 900 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Office Supplies $ 0 $ 0 $ 412 $ 0 $ 0 $ 412 $ 0
Rent $ 1,102 $ 1,102 $ 1,102 $ 1,102 $ 1,102 $ 1,102 $ 1,102
Telephone/Fax $ 320 $ 340 $ 340 $ 340 $ 340 $ 340 $ 340
Professional Services $ 292 $ 333 $ 333 $ 333 $ 333 $ 333 $ 333
Business Insurance $ 1,815 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Toll-free Charges above Variable $ 1,864 $ 2,033 $ 1,779 $ 1,779 $ 2,033 $ 2,033 $ 2,541
Miscellaneous Charges $ 233 $ 233 $ 233 $ 233 $ 233 $ 233 $ 233
Taxes Payable $31,728 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Office Furniture $ 0 $ 2,000 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Office Equipment $ 0 $ 8,000 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
Internet Storage & Accounts $ 170 $ 170 $ 170 $ 170 $ 170 $ 170 $ 170
Dividends Paid (note 28) $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $30,000
Net Cash Flow (Deficiency) $-23,145 $-21,560 $3,704 $10,261 $ 5,026 $24,204 $-23,241
Plus Beginning Cash Balance $61,968 $38,823 $17,263 $20,967 $31,228 $36,254 $60,457

The remaining five (5) months of J&B's third year Forecasted Cashflow Statement is presented below. Recall this is not the correct procedure - the third year cashflow statement should be developed in a spreadsheet program and should appear on one page.

Percentage of Total Sales (per month) 8% 7% 10% 9% 9% 100%
Total Unit Sales/ Month) 928 812 1,160 1044 1044 11,602
Diskette Sales (note 26) 186 162 232 209 209 2320
CD Sales (note 26) 603 528 754 679 679 7541
Internet Sales (note 26) 139 122 174 157 157 1740
Weighed Average Selling Price (note 1) $67.61 $67.61 $67.61 $67.61 $67.61
Product Cost Inflation Rate 10% 10% 10% 10% 10%
Cash From Product Sales (100%) $62,753 $54,909 $78,441 $70,597 $70,597 $784,411
Bad Debt Expense (1%) $ 628 $ 549 $ 784 $ 706 $ 706 $ 7,844
Purchase of Diskettes (note 27 a) $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 1,908 $ 20,988
Purchase of CD (note 27 b) $ 5,500 $ 0 $ 0 $ 4,125 $ 0 $ 20,625
Credit Card Charges (note 27 c) $ 3,193 $ 2,794 $ 3,991 $ 3,592 $ 3,592 $ 39,911
Packaging Charges (note 27 d) $ 505 $ 442 $ 631 $ 568 $ 568 $ 6,311
Actual Shipping Charges (note 27 e) $ 1,554 $ 1,360 $ 1,943 $ 1,748 $ 1,748 $ 19,428
Toll Free Charges (note 27 f) $ 2,287 $ 2,033 $ 1,779 $ 2,541 $ 2,287 $ 24,985
Commission on Sales (note 27 g) $ 1,149 $ 1,021 $ 893 $ 1,276 $ 1,149 $ 12,550
Product Miscellaneous (note 27 h) $ 510 $ 447 $ 638 $ 574 $ 574 $ 6,381
Advertising $14,167 $14,167 $14,167 $14,167 $14,167 $170,000
Wages & Employee Benefits $13,952 $13,952 $13,952 $13,952 $13,952 $167,163
Research & Development $10,453 $10,453 $10,453 $10,453 $10,453 $125,411
Casual Labour $ 900 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 900 $ 3,600
Office Supplies $ 0 $ 412 $ 0 $ 0 $ 412 $ 1,650
Rent $ 1,102 $ 1,102 $ 1,102 $ 1,102 $ 1,102 $ 13,230
Telephone/Fax $ 340 $ 340 $ 340 $ 340 $ 340 $ 4,060
Professional Services $ 333 $ 333 $ 333 $ 333 $ 333 $ 3,958
Business Insurance $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 1,815
Toll-free Charges above Variable $ 2,287 $ 2,033 $ 1,779 $ 2,541 $ 2,287 $ 24,985
Miscellaneous Charges $ 233 $ 233 $ 233 $ 233 $ 233 $ 2,800
Taxes Payable $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 31,728
Office Furniture $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 2,000
Office Equipment $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 8,000
Internet Storage & Accounts $ 995 $ 170 $ 170 $ 170 $ 170 $ 2,865
Dividends Paid (note 28) $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 30,000
Net Cash Flow (Deficiency) $2,665 $3,068 $25,252 $12,174 $13,715
Plus: Beginning Cash Balance $37,217 $39,882 $42,949 $68,202 $80,376

As you can see, the above forecasted cash flow statements project J&B's cash inflows (from customers, from a bank loan and investors) and all expected cash outflow (from purchases of inventory, for advertising, for rent etc,) each month for thirty-six months. The inflows and outflows are subtracted and the difference is known as the Net Cash Flow (Deficiency). The cash at the beginning of the month is then added to the Net Cash Flow (Deficiency) to produce the Ending Cash Balance for the month.

Notice at the beginning of each cash flow statement, an ASSUMPTION section has been used. This assists the reader (investor) in understanding how the entrepreneur arrived at various values throughout the Cash Flow Statement (optional).

Also notice, after some of the account items, a note and a number is stated. These numbers refer to the Notes to the Financial Statements and allows readers (investors) the opportunity to see how J&B arrived at each account balance or value. This will become more apparent later on as we discuss Part C of the Financial Plan entitled "Notes to the Forecasted Financial Statements".

We can not stress enough that you should have three cash flow statements; one for each forecasted year. In addition, each cash flow statement will consist of a twelve month forecasted period; for a total of thirty-six months.

This concludes our discussion on how your forecasted cash flow statement should appear in your Financial Plan. Remember, it is imperative to understand the theory behind the cash flow statement before attempting to forecast your own. To learn more about this statement, please refer to the section entitled " The Cash-Flow Statement ". When you understand the theory behind each financial statement and analysis, you will be equipped with the tools necessary tools needed in Forecasting Your Own Forecasted Financial Statements .

4. FORECASTED BREAK-EVEN ANALYSIS

The next analysis to appear in your financial plan is the Forecasted Break-even Analysis. A Break Even Analysis, in its simplest form, is a tool used to determine the level of sales a business must earn in order to achieve neither a profit nor a loss. In other words, the point at which a business' Net Income is ZERO (revenues - expenses = 0).

The break-even analysis focuses mainly on the items included in a company's income statement (revenues and expenses). Moreover, the Break-even Analysis relies on your forecasted Fixed Costs, your forecasted Variable Costs and your forecasted Selling Price(s). Forecasted Fixed Costs are costs and expenses that do not fluctuate with sales increases or decreases. Forecasted Variable Costs are costs and expenses that do fluctuate with sales increases or decreases. A Forecasted Selling Price (s) is the price or prices you plan to sell your product at.

Your Forecasted Break-even analysis can consist of one page or two pages; depending upon how much detail you decide to offer. For example, J&B Incorporated's forecasted break-even analysis, presented below, consists of two parts. PART A. provides the reader with all information required in making the break-even calculation, and PART B shows the actual break-even calculation.

Selling Price per unit (note 1) $73.89 $68.01 $67.61
Weighted Average Variable Cost per unit $16.50 $14.79 $12.10
Advertising Expense (note 3) $130,000 $150,000 $170,000
Wages & Employee Benefits (note 4) $122,366 $136,153 $167,421
Casual Labor (note 5) $ 2,400 $ 3,000 $ 3,600
Office Supplies (note 6) $ 1,500 $ 1,715 $ 1,908
Rent Expense (note 7) $ 12,000 $ 12,600 $ 13,230
Telephone/Fax Expense (note 8) $ 3,600 $ 3,840 $ 4,080
Professional Services (note 9) $ 7,000 $ 3,500 $ 4,000
Insurance Expenses (note 10) $ 1,500 $ 1,650 $ 1,815
Toll-free Charges above Variable Cost (note 11) $ 15,685 $ 20,706 $ 25,408
Bad Debt Expense (note 12) $ 5,824 $ 6,738 $ 7,844
Interest on Operating Loan (note 13) $ 2,000 $ nil $ nil
Internet Storage & Accounts Expense (note 14) $ 2,550 $ 2,700 $ 2,865
Miscellaneous Expenses (note 15) $ 2,400 $ 2,600 $ 2,800
Depreciation Expense - Equipment (note 16) $ 3,142 $ 4,392 $ 6,392
Depreciation Expense- Furniture (note 17) $ 606 $ 906 $ 1,306
Amortization of Initial Development Costs (note 18) $ 15,924 $ 15,924 $ 15,924
Amortization of Future Development Costs (note 19) $ 24,720 $ 55,215 $ 86,575
Forecasted Sales in units per year = 7,882 units 9,907 units 11,602 units
Forecasted Sales above Break-even = 1,727 units 1,984 units 2,321 units
J&B is forecasting sales of 1,727 units above its break-even point in year one, 1,984 units above break-even in year two and 2,321 units above break-even in year three.

In the above example, notice that J&B calculates its break-even point and provides an indication of how many units it plans to sell above its break-even point. To do this, J&B simply subtracts each years' forecasted break-even point from the number units it plans to sell in each forecasted year.

Also notice, J&B provides readers with all figures needed to calculate the break-even point. You may elect to use this format or you may decide to only provide the break-even calculations. Whichever format you decide, be sure your break-even point is calculated over a three year period - one column for each forecasted year. You may also decide to provide the reader with an explanation on why your forecasted break-even point is increasing or decreasing. For example, J&B's break-even point is increasing due to the company's planned decrease in its selling price, its estimated increase in variable costs, and its planned increase in fixed costs. As a result, the company is earning a lower contribution margin on each sale made during year two and three. Thus less "money" is contributing to their higher fixed costs.

This concludes our discussion on how your projected break-even analysis should appear in your Financial Plan. Remember, it is imperative to understand the theory behind the break-even analysis before attempting to forecast your own. To learn more about this financial analysis, please refer to the section entitled " The Break-even Analysis ". When you understand the theory behind each financial statement and analysis, you will be equipped with the tools necessary tools needed in Forecasting Your Own Forecasted Financial Statements .

5. SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

A sensitivity analysis shows the effects on Net Income when forecasted sales are increased or decreased by various percentages. Since your forecasted sales will NEVER be one hundred percent accurate, the sensitivity analysis shows investors how your net income will change if your original sales forecast increases by 30%, 20% and 15% or if your original sales forecast decreases and a 15% or 20 %, for example. The percentages chosen for your sensitivity analysis is up to you, however, avoid percentages of 14% or lower.

Many entrepreneurs develop only one sensitivity analysis ( for their first year operation). Others develop three sensitivity analysis; one for each forecasted year of operation. Whichever format you plan to use is not important, what is important, however, is that you include this analysis in your business plan. It shows the investor that you understand; 1) the forecasting process and 2)that your original sales forecasts generally do NOT materialize as envisioned.

Like Break-even Analysis, the Sensitivity Analysis uses your forecasted income statement as its starting point. The analysis relies on distinguishing between Forecasted Fixed Costs and Forecasted Variable Costs. Recall, Forecasted Fixed Costs are costs and expenses that do not fluctuate with sales increases or decreases. Forecasted Variable Costs are costs and expenses that do fluctuate with sales increases or decreases.

Below provides an example of J&B's sensitivity analysis for its first forecasted year of operations. Notice, J&B has chosen a sales percentage increase of 15% of its original sales forecast and a sales percentage decrease of 20% of its original sales forecast.







Sales in Units (note 1) 6,306 units 7,882 units 9,064 units
Weighted Average Selling Price (note 1) $73.89 $73.89 $73.89
Cost of Goods Sold (note 2) $104,153 $130,191 $149,720
:
Advertising Expense $130,000 $130,000 $130,000
Wages & Employee Benefits $122,366 $122,366 $122,366
Casual Labor $ 2,400 $ 2,400 $ 2,400
Office Supplies $ 1,500 $ 1,500 $ 1,500
Rent Expense $ 12,000 $ 12,000 $ 12,000
Telephone/Fax Expense $ 3,600 $ 3,600 $ 3,600
Professional Services $ 7,000 $ 7,000 $ 7,000
Insurance Expenses $ 1,500 $ 1,500 $ 1,500
Toll-free above Variable $ 15,685 $ 15,685 $ 15,685
Bad Debt Expense (note 12) $ 5,824 $ 5,824 $ 5,824
Interest on Operating Loan $ 2,000 $ 2,000 $ 2,000
Internet Storage & Accounts $ 2,550 $ 2,550 $ 2,550
Miscellaneous Expenses $ 2,400 $ 2,400 $ 2,400
Depreciation Exp. - Equipment $ 3,142 $ 3,142 $ 3,142
Depreciation Exp.- Furniture $ 606 $ 606 $ 606
Amortization of Initial R&D Costs $ 15,924 $ 15,924 $ 15,924
Amortization of Future R&D Costs $ 24,720 $ 24,720 $ 24,720
Net Income Before Taxes $ 8,579 $ 98,992 $166,801
Less: Estimated Tax Rate (30%) $ 2,574 $ 29,698 $ 50,040
*      All Operating Expenses are considered Fixed Costs.
**    The only Variable Cost is J&B's Cost of Goods Sold.
***  Figures are rounded.

Notice, J&B's forecasted Operating Expenses are considered to be Fixed Costs (they do not fluctuate with sales increases or decreases. Also, the company's Variable Costs, in this example, include only the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS will always fluctuate with sales increases or decreases and therefore will always be considered variable). The only other item, in the above example, that fluctuates with sales is Sales itself! In other words, if you increase the original forecasted sales by a certain percentage, then sales will have to increase by that amount (in units sold and in dollars). Alternatively if you decrease the original sales forecast by any amount, then SALES in units sold and in dollar will certainly change by that amount or percentage.

This concludes our discussion on how your projected sensitivity analysis should appear in your Financial Plan. Remember, it is imperative to understand the theory behind the sensitivity analysis before attempting to forecast your own. To learn more about this financial analysis, please refer to the section entitled " The Sensitivity Analysis ". When you understand the theory behind each financial statement and analysis, you will be equipped with the tools necessary tools needed in Forecasting Your Own Forecasted Financial Statements .

6. RATIO ANALYSIS

The next analysis appearing in the financial plan should be your Forecasted Ratio Analysis. In a nutshell, Ratio Analysis is a general technique for analyzing the performance of an existing or potential business.

Ratios involve dividing numbers from the Balance Sheet and Income Statement to create percentages and decimals. When aspiring entrepreneurs and existing business owners apply for a loan, for example, bankers usually look at their forecasted ratios and compare them to ratios of other businesses operating within the same industry.

Your projected ratios should be calculated over a three year forecasted period. Many business plan writers calculate the ratios and provide a narrative discussion, depicting how each has changed over the three year forecasted period. Others calculate the ratios and provide a footnote stating "a complete analysis regarding the forecasted ratios is available upon request. Yet other business plan writers feel the need to calculate various ratios and compare them to ratios of other businesses within the industry. The later approach can be time consuming and may not be "cost effective". Below provides an example of J&B's forecasted Ratio Calculations.

Current Assets
Current Liabilities
= $67,894
$36,359
$67578
$39051
$98410
$43649
Current Assets -Current Liabilities
Current Liabilities
= $31,535
$36,359
$28,526
$39,051
$54,761
$43,649
Total Debt
Total Assets
= $36,359
$185,753
$39,051
$237,477
$43,649
$293,553
:
Total Debt
Total Equity
= $ 36,359
$149,394
$ 39,051
$198,426
$ 43,649
$249,904
:
Net Income after tax
Sales
= $ 69,294
$582,401
$ 74,032
$673,775
$81,478
$78,441
:
Net Income after tax
Total Equity
= $ 69,294
$149,394
$ 74,032
$198,426
$ 81,478
$249,904
NOTE: Complete analysis on above ratios is available upon request .

Notice the information provided in the above example. The name of each ratio, the formula required in calculating each ratio, the dollar amounts for each formula item, and the ratio calculation for each of the forecasted years. It is important to stress that these dollar amounts have been taking from J&B's forecasted Balance Sheet and Forecasted Income Statement. Therefore, the forecasted balance sheet and income statement must be complete before ratios can be calculated.

Also notice that J&B decided to calculate the ratios without providing any narrative discussion. Moreover, the company states that a "complete analysis is available upon request". If you want to impress the investor, it might in your best interest to provide the ratio analysis (narrative discussion) in your business plan. To do this, simply calculate each ratio for the three year forecasted period and then briefly discuss the variables attributing to change in ratio value.

This concludes our discussion on how your projected ratio analysis should appear in your Financial Plan. Remember, it is imperative to understand the theory behind the ratio analysis before attempting to forecast your own. To learn more about how to read or determine the meaning behind ratios, please refer to the section entitled " Ratio Analysis ". This section will also provide you with other ratio formulas which you may decide to include in your analysis.

This concludes PART B of the financial plan entitled "Forecasted Financial Statements".The purpose of this section was not to show you how to develop forecasted financial statements, rather the purpose was to show you how the statements generally appear in the Financial Plan.

To learn the theory behind each financial statement, please refer to the section entitled " Learning and Understanding Financial Statements ". To learn how to forecast your own financial statements, please refer to the section entitled " Forecasting your Own Financial Statements ".

In summary, be sure your forecasted financial statements and analysis provide for a three year forecasted period and include the following;

Forecasted Income Statements all on one page
Forecasted Balance Sheets all on one page
Forecasted Cash Flow Statements one page for each cash flow statement
Break-even Analysis Calculations on one page, analysis is unlimited
Sensitivity Analysis One page for each sensitivity, analysis is unlimited
Ratio Analysis on one to three pages depending upon your format

Please Note: as mentioned earlier, you will save yourself time and money if you develop the above financial items using a spreadsheet program.

PART C  -   NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The third and final part of the financial section of the Business Plan is known as the notes to the forecasted financial statements. Notes to the Forecasted Financial Statements summarize the "activities" and "assumptions" made when creating the forecasted financial statements.. The Notes will give the readers (bankers, investors, and other readers) the necessary information needed to understand and comprehend your forecasts and projections. It also alleviates any guessing or questioning a reader may have when analyzing the financial section of the business plan. NOTE: never, ever, ever, create the notes to the forecasted financial statements until you have" fully completed" all forecasted statements and analysis.

There is no set structure nor specific guideline that dictate which topics should be included in the notes to the financial statements. Rather it is left up to the individual to decide which items warrant a "note" and which items are self explanatory. The following list provides some suggestions you may use when creating your notes section.

Sales Forecast note to the financial statements
Gross Margin note to the financial statements
Management and Staff note to the financial statements
Office or Store Supplies note to the financial statements
Bad Debt Expense Rate note to the financial statements
Marketing Expenses Breakdown note to the financial statements
Income Tax Rate notes to the financial statements
Income Tax Payable note to the financial statements
Net Income note to the financial statements
Accounts Receivable note to the financial statements
Personal Assets Invested by the Owner note to financial statements
Fixed Asset Purchases note to the financial statements
Total Fixed Assets Available note to the financial statements
Deprecation Rates on Fixed Assets note to the financial statements
Inventory note to the financial statements
Accounts Payable note to the financial statements
Short-term Loans note to the financial statements
Long-term Debt (mortgage) note to the financial statements
Sales Tax note to the financial statements
Owner (s)Capital Account note to the financial statements
Retained Earnings note to the financial statements
Dividend Distribution note to the financial statements

Your notes should provide details on each of the required three year forecasted periods.  Below provides a link to J&B's Notes to the Forecasted Financial Statements.  BUT FIRST - recall from above, the word "note" and a "number" followed several account items on J&B's forecasted income statement, balance sheet and cash flow statement, etc. For instance, on the company's income statement, an account called revenue from sales is present. Following the revenue from sales account is a "note 1". This refers to the first note under the Notes to the Forecasted Financial Statements. When investors read J&B's income statement and see note 1 beside the account item entitled "Total Revenue From Sales", they can quickly refer to the Notes section for information on how the entrepreneur arrived at these dollars amounts. As a result, the investor better understands the financial statements and the assumptions used when creating them. . Try is yourself - print off all J&B's financial statements and refer to the Notes below. You'll find your understanding of the financial statements as well as the company's initiatives is much better. Remember, when investors understand your financial projections, it reduces their risk, and in many cases, it increases your chances of receiving financing.

Link to:     J&B Incorporated's Notes to their Forecasted Financial Statements

For additional information on this topic, please refer to the section entitled " Notes to the Financial Statements ".

CONCLUSION OF THE FINANCIAL PLAN

This concludes our discussion on the Financial Plan section of a business plan. Remember the Financial Plan generally consists of three parts:

The Introduction
The Forecasted Financial Statements
The Notes to the Forecasted Financial Statements

Below provides examples of how your Financial Plan should appear in its entirety. (Please note, the financial statements and analysis for two of the examples below; namely The Internet Company and Scholarship Information Services provide forecasts for a two year period. Your financial statements and analysis, however, generally provide projections for at least a three year period.

EXAMPLES OF THE FINANCIAL PLAN SECTION OF A BUSINESS PLAN J&B Incorporated Scholarship Information Services The Internet Company

Sign up for the newsletter!

FREE Marketing Guide

copy of the Ultimate Marketing Guide entitled  
you'll also receive a Free Subscription to ; the most popular Business Tips newsletter --- filled with profitable Tips, Strategies and Solutions to solve YOUR business challenges! very seriously. We dislike Spam as much as you do!

© Copyright 2009 - Business Plan Hut - All Rights Reserved

  About - Contact Us - Privacy Policy - Disclaimer - Sitemap - Login - Admin

  • Sources of Business Finance
  • Small Business Loans
  • Small Business Grants
  • Crowdfunding Sites
  • How to Get a Business Loan
  • Small Business Insurance Providers
  • Best Factoring Companies
  • Types of Bank Accounts
  • Best Banks for Small Business
  • Best Business Bank Accounts
  • Open a Business Bank Account
  • Bank Accounts for Small Businesses
  • Free Business Checking Accounts
  • Best Business Credit Cards
  • Get a Business Credit Card
  • Business Credit Cards for Bad Credit
  • Build Business Credit Fast
  • Business Loan Eligibility Criteria
  • Small-Business Bookkeeping Basics
  • How to Set Financial Goals
  • Business Loan Calculators
  • How to Calculate ROI
  • Calculate Net Income
  • Calculate Working Capital
  • Calculate Operating Income
  • Calculate Net Present Value (NPV)
  • Calculate Payroll Tax

How to Write a Business Plan in 9 Steps (+ Template and Examples)

' src=

Every successful business has one thing in common, a good and well-executed business plan. A business plan is more than a document, it is a complete guide that outlines the goals your business wants to achieve, including its financial goals . It helps you analyze results, make strategic decisions, show your business operations and growth.

If you want to start a business or already have one and need to pitch it to investors for funding, writing a good business plan improves your chances of attracting financiers. As a startup, if you want to secure loans from financial institutions, part of the requirements involve submitting your business plan.

Writing a business plan does not have to be a complicated or time-consuming process. In this article, you will learn the step-by-step process for writing a successful business plan.

You will also learn what you need a business plan for, tips and strategies for writing a convincing business plan, business plan examples and templates that will save you tons of time, and the alternatives to the traditional business plan.

Let’s get started.

What Do You Need A Business Plan For?

Businesses create business plans for different purposes such as to secure funds, monitor business growth, measure your marketing strategies, and measure your business success.

1. Secure Funds

One of the primary reasons for writing a business plan is to secure funds, either from financial institutions/agencies or investors.

For you to effectively acquire funds, your business plan must contain the key elements of your business plan . For example, your business plan should include your growth plans, goals you want to achieve, and milestones you have recorded.

A business plan can also attract new business partners that are willing to contribute financially and intellectually. If you are writing a business plan to a bank, your project must show your traction , that is, the proof that you can pay back any loan borrowed.

Also, if you are writing to an investor, your plan must contain evidence that you can effectively utilize the funds you want them to invest in your business. Here, you are using your business plan to persuade a group or an individual that your business is a source of a good investment.

2. Monitor Business Growth

A business plan can help you track cash flows in your business. It steers your business to greater heights. A business plan capable of tracking business growth should contain:

  • The business goals
  • Methods to achieve the goals
  • Time-frame for attaining those goals

A good business plan should guide you through every step in achieving your goals. It can also track the allocation of assets to every aspect of the business. You can tell when you are spending more than you should on a project.

You can compare a business plan to a written GPS. It helps you manage your business and hints at the right time to expand your business.

3. Measure Business Success

A business plan can help you measure your business success rate. Some small-scale businesses are thriving better than more prominent companies because of their track record of success.

Right from the onset of your business operation, set goals and work towards them. Write a plan to guide you through your procedures. Use your plan to measure how much you have achieved and how much is left to attain.

You can also weigh your success by monitoring the position of your brand relative to competitors. On the other hand, a business plan can also show you why you have not achieved a goal. It can tell if you have elapsed the time frame you set to attain a goal.

4. Document Your Marketing Strategies

You can use a business plan to document your marketing plans. Every business should have an effective marketing plan.

Competition mandates every business owner to go the extraordinary mile to remain relevant in the market. Your business plan should contain your marketing strategies that work. You can measure the success rate of your marketing plans.

In your business plan, your marketing strategy must answer the questions:

  • How do you want to reach your target audience?
  • How do you plan to retain your customers?
  • What is/are your pricing plans?
  • What is your budget for marketing?

Business Plan Infographic

How to Write a Business Plan Step-by-Step

1. create your executive summary.

The executive summary is a snapshot of your business or a high-level overview of your business purposes and plans . Although the executive summary is the first section in your business plan, most people write it last. The length of the executive summary is not more than two pages.

Executive Summary of the business plan

Generally, there are nine sections in a business plan, the executive summary should condense essential ideas from the other eight sections.

A good executive summary should do the following:

  • A Snapshot of Growth Potential. Briefly inform the reader about your company and why it will be successful)
  • Contain your Mission Statement which explains what the main objective or focus of your business is.
  • Product Description and Differentiation. Brief description of your products or services and why it is different from other solutions in the market.
  • The Team. Basic information about your company’s leadership team and employees
  • Business Concept. A solid description of what your business does.
  • Target Market. The customers you plan to sell to.
  • Marketing Strategy. Your plans on reaching and selling to your customers
  • Current Financial State. Brief information about what revenue your business currently generates.
  • Projected Financial State. Brief information about what you foresee your business revenue to be in the future.

The executive summary is the make-or-break section of your business plan. If your summary cannot in less than two pages cannot clearly describe how your business will solve a particular problem of your target audience and make a profit, your business plan is set on a faulty foundation.

Avoid using the executive summary to hype your business, instead, focus on helping the reader understand the what and how of your plan.

View the executive summary as an opportunity to introduce your vision for your company. You know your executive summary is powerful when it can answer these key questions:

  • Who is your target audience?
  • What sector or industry are you in?
  • What are your products and services?
  • What is the future of your industry?
  • Is your company scaleable?
  • Who are the owners and leaders of your company? What are their backgrounds and experience levels?
  • What is the motivation for starting your company?
  • What are the next steps?

Writing the executive summary last although it is the most important section of your business plan is an excellent idea. The reason why is because it is a high-level overview of your business plan. It is the section that determines whether potential investors and lenders will read further or not.

The executive summary can be a stand-alone document that covers everything in your business plan. It is not uncommon for investors to request only the executive summary when evaluating your business. If the information in the executive summary impresses them, they will ask for the complete business plan.

If you are writing your business plan for your planning purposes, you do not need to write the executive summary.

2. Add Your Company Overview

The company overview or description is the next section in your business plan after the executive summary. It describes what your business does.

Adding your company overview can be tricky especially when your business is still in the planning stages. Existing businesses can easily summarize their current operations but may encounter difficulties trying to explain what they plan to become.

Your company overview should contain the following:

  • What products and services you will provide
  • Geographical markets and locations your company have a presence
  • What you need to run your business
  • Who your target audience or customers are
  • Who will service your customers
  • Your company’s purpose, mission, and vision
  • Information about your company’s founders
  • Who the founders are
  • Notable achievements of your company so far

When creating a company overview, you have to focus on three basics: identifying your industry, identifying your customer, and explaining the problem you solve.

If you are stuck when creating your company overview, try to answer some of these questions that pertain to you.

  • Who are you targeting? (The answer is not everyone)
  • What pain point does your product or service solve for your customers that they will be willing to spend money on resolving?
  • How does your product or service overcome that pain point?
  • Where is the location of your business?
  • What products, equipment, and services do you need to run your business?
  • How is your company’s product or service different from your competition in the eyes of your customers?
  • How many employees do you need and what skills do you require them to have?

After answering some or all of these questions, you will get more than enough information you need to write your company overview or description section. When writing this section, describe what your company does for your customers.

It describes what your business does

The company description or overview section contains three elements: mission statement, history, and objectives.

  • Mission Statement

The mission statement refers to the reason why your business or company is existing. It goes beyond what you do or sell, it is about the ‘why’. A good mission statement should be emotional and inspirational.

Your mission statement should follow the KISS rule (Keep It Simple, Stupid). For example, Shopify’s mission statement is “Make commerce better for everyone.”

When describing your company’s history, make it simple and avoid the temptation of tying it to a defensive narrative. Write it in the manner you would a profile. Your company’s history should include the following information:

  • Founding Date
  • Major Milestones
  • Location(s)
  • Flagship Products or Services
  • Number of Employees
  • Executive Leadership Roles

When you fill in this information, you use it to write one or two paragraphs about your company’s history.

Business Objectives

Your business objective must be SMART (specific, measurable, achievable, realistic, and time-bound.) Failure to clearly identify your business objectives does not inspire confidence and makes it hard for your team members to work towards a common purpose.

3. Perform Market and Competitive Analyses to Proof a Big Enough Business Opportunity

The third step in writing a business plan is the market and competitive analysis section. Every business, no matter the size, needs to perform comprehensive market and competitive analyses before it enters into a market.

Performing market and competitive analyses are critical for the success of your business. It helps you avoid entering the right market with the wrong product, or vice versa. Anyone reading your business plans, especially financiers and financial institutions will want to see proof that there is a big enough business opportunity you are targeting.

This section is where you describe the market and industry you want to operate in and show the big opportunities in the market that your business can leverage to make a profit. If you noticed any unique trends when doing your research, show them in this section.

Market analysis alone is not enough, you have to add competitive analysis to strengthen this section. There are already businesses in the industry or market, how do you plan to take a share of the market from them?

You have to clearly illustrate the competitive landscape in your business plan. Are there areas your competitors are doing well? Are there areas where they are not doing so well? Show it.

Make it clear in this section why you are moving into the industry and what weaknesses are present there that you plan to explain. How are your competitors going to react to your market entry? How do you plan to get customers? Do you plan on taking your competitors' competitors, tap into other sources for customers, or both?

Illustrate the competitive landscape as well. What are your competitors doing well and not so well?

Answering these questions and thoughts will aid your market and competitive analysis of the opportunities in your space. Depending on how sophisticated your industry is, or the expectations of your financiers, you may need to carry out a more comprehensive market and competitive analysis to prove that big business opportunity.

Instead of looking at the market and competitive analyses as one entity, separating them will make the research even more comprehensive.

Market Analysis

Market analysis, boarding speaking, refers to research a business carried out on its industry, market, and competitors. It helps businesses gain a good understanding of their target market and the outlook of their industry. Before starting a company, it is vital to carry out market research to find out if the market is viable.

Market Analysis for Online Business

The market analysis section is a key part of the business plan. It is the section where you identify who your best clients or customers are. You cannot omit this section, without it your business plan is incomplete.

A good market analysis will tell your readers how you fit into the existing market and what makes you stand out. This section requires in-depth research, it will probably be the most time-consuming part of the business plan to write.

  • Market Research

To create a compelling market analysis that will win over investors and financial institutions, you have to carry out thorough market research . Your market research should be targeted at your primary target market for your products or services. Here is what you want to find out about your target market.

  • Your target market’s needs or pain points
  • The existing solutions for their pain points
  • Geographic Location
  • Demographics

The purpose of carrying out a marketing analysis is to get all the information you need to show that you have a solid and thorough understanding of your target audience.

Only after you have fully understood the people you plan to sell your products or services to, can you evaluate correctly if your target market will be interested in your products or services.

You can easily convince interested parties to invest in your business if you can show them you thoroughly understand the market and show them that there is a market for your products or services.

How to Quantify Your Target Market

One of the goals of your marketing research is to understand who your ideal customers are and their purchasing power. To quantify your target market, you have to determine the following:

  • Your Potential Customers: They are the people you plan to target. For example, if you sell accounting software for small businesses , then anyone who runs an enterprise or large business is unlikely to be your customers. Also, individuals who do not have a business will most likely not be interested in your product.
  • Total Households: If you are selling household products such as heating and air conditioning systems, determining the number of total households is more important than finding out the total population in the area you want to sell to. The logic is simple, people buy the product but it is the household that uses it.
  • Median Income: You need to know the median income of your target market. If you target a market that cannot afford to buy your products and services, your business will not last long.
  • Income by Demographics: If your potential customers belong to a certain age group or gender, determining income levels by demographics is necessary. For example, if you sell men's clothes, your target audience is men.

What Does a Good Market Analysis Entail?

Your business does not exist on its own, it can only flourish within an industry and alongside competitors. Market analysis takes into consideration your industry, target market, and competitors. Understanding these three entities will drastically improve your company’s chances of success.

Market Analysis Steps

You can view your market analysis as an examination of the market you want to break into and an education on the emerging trends and themes in that market. Good market analyses include the following:

  • Industry Description. You find out about the history of your industry, the current and future market size, and who the largest players/companies are in your industry.
  • Overview of Target Market. You research your target market and its characteristics. Who are you targeting? Note, it cannot be everyone, it has to be a specific group. You also have to find out all information possible about your customers that can help you understand how and why they make buying decisions.
  • Size of Target Market: You need to know the size of your target market, how frequently they buy, and the expected quantity they buy so you do not risk overproducing and having lots of bad inventory. Researching the size of your target market will help you determine if it is big enough for sustained business or not.
  • Growth Potential: Before picking a target market, you want to be sure there are lots of potential for future growth. You want to avoid going for an industry that is declining slowly or rapidly with almost zero growth potential.
  • Market Share Potential: Does your business stand a good chance of taking a good share of the market?
  • Market Pricing and Promotional Strategies: Your market analysis should give you an idea of the price point you can expect to charge for your products and services. Researching your target market will also give you ideas of pricing strategies you can implement to break into the market or to enjoy maximum profits.
  • Potential Barriers to Entry: One of the biggest benefits of conducting market analysis is that it shows you every potential barrier to entry your business will likely encounter. It is a good idea to discuss potential barriers to entry such as changing technology. It informs readers of your business plan that you understand the market.
  • Research on Competitors: You need to know the strengths and weaknesses of your competitors and how you can exploit them for the benefit of your business. Find patterns and trends among your competitors that make them successful, discover what works and what doesn’t, and see what you can do better.

The market analysis section is not just for talking about your target market, industry, and competitors. You also have to explain how your company can fill the hole you have identified in the market.

Here are some questions you can answer that can help you position your product or service in a positive light to your readers.

  • Is your product or service of superior quality?
  • What additional features do you offer that your competitors do not offer?
  • Are you targeting a ‘new’ market?

Basically, your market analysis should include an analysis of what already exists in the market and an explanation of how your company fits into the market.

Competitive Analysis

In the competitive analysis section, y ou have to understand who your direct and indirect competitions are, and how successful they are in the marketplace. It is the section where you assess the strengths and weaknesses of your competitors, the advantage(s) they possess in the market and show the unique features or qualities that make you different from your competitors.

Four Steps to Create a Competitive Marketing Analysis

Many businesses do market analysis and competitive analysis together. However, to fully understand what the competitive analysis entails, it is essential to separate it from the market analysis.

Competitive analysis for your business can also include analysis on how to overcome barriers to entry in your target market.

The primary goal of conducting a competitive analysis is to distinguish your business from your competitors. A strong competitive analysis is essential if you want to convince potential funding sources to invest in your business. You have to show potential investors and lenders that your business has what it takes to compete in the marketplace successfully.

Competitive analysis will s how you what the strengths of your competition are and what they are doing to maintain that advantage.

When doing your competitive research, you first have to identify your competitor and then get all the information you can about them. The idea of spending time to identify your competitor and learn everything about them may seem daunting but it is well worth it.

Find answers to the following questions after you have identified who your competitors are.

  • What are your successful competitors doing?
  • Why is what they are doing working?
  • Can your business do it better?
  • What are the weaknesses of your successful competitors?
  • What are they not doing well?
  • Can your business turn its weaknesses into strengths?
  • How good is your competitors’ customer service?
  • Where do your competitors invest in advertising?
  • What sales and pricing strategies are they using?
  • What marketing strategies are they using?
  • What kind of press coverage do they get?
  • What are their customers saying about your competitors (both the positive and negative)?

If your competitors have a website, it is a good idea to visit their websites for more competitors’ research. Check their “About Us” page for more information.

How to Perform Competitive Analysis

If you are presenting your business plan to investors, you need to clearly distinguish yourself from your competitors. Investors can easily tell when you have not properly researched your competitors.

Take time to think about what unique qualities or features set you apart from your competitors. If you do not have any direct competition offering your product to the market, it does not mean you leave out the competitor analysis section blank. Instead research on other companies that are providing a similar product, or whose product is solving the problem your product solves.

The next step is to create a table listing the top competitors you want to include in your business plan. Ensure you list your business as the last and on the right. What you just created is known as the competitor analysis table.

Direct vs Indirect Competition

You cannot know if your product or service will be a fit for your target market if you have not understood your business and the competitive landscape.

There is no market you want to target where you will not encounter competition, even if your product is innovative. Including competitive analysis in your business plan is essential.

If you are entering an established market, you need to explain how you plan to differentiate your products from the available options in the market. Also, include a list of few companies that you view as your direct competitors The competition you face in an established market is your direct competition.

In situations where you are entering a market with no direct competition, it does not mean there is no competition there. Consider your indirect competition that offers substitutes for the products or services you offer.

For example, if you sell an innovative SaaS product, let us say a project management software , a company offering time management software is your indirect competition.

There is an easy way to find out who your indirect competitors are in the absence of no direct competitors. You simply have to research how your potential customers are solving the problems that your product or service seeks to solve. That is your direct competition.

Factors that Differentiate Your Business from the Competition

There are three main factors that any business can use to differentiate itself from its competition. They are cost leadership, product differentiation, and market segmentation.

1. Cost Leadership

A strategy you can impose to maximize your profits and gain an edge over your competitors. It involves offering lower prices than what the majority of your competitors are offering.

A common practice among businesses looking to enter into a market where there are dominant players is to use free trials or pricing to attract as many customers as possible to their offer.

2. Product Differentiation

Your product or service should have a unique selling proposition (USP) that your competitors do not have or do not stress in their marketing.

Part of the marketing strategy should involve making your products unique and different from your competitors. It does not have to be different from your competitors, it can be the addition to a feature or benefit that your competitors do not currently have.

3. Market Segmentation

As a new business seeking to break into an industry, you will gain more success from focusing on a specific niche or target market, and not the whole industry.

If your competitors are focused on a general need or target market, you can differentiate yourself from them by having a small and hyper-targeted audience. For example, if your competitors are selling men’s clothes in their online stores , you can sell hoodies for men.

4. Define Your Business and Management Structure

The next step in your business plan is your business and management structure. It is the section where you describe the legal structure of your business and the team running it.

Your business is only as good as the management team that runs it, while the management team can only strive when there is a proper business and management structure in place.

If your company is a sole proprietor or a limited liability company (LLC), a general or limited partnership, or a C or an S corporation, state it clearly in this section.

Use an organizational chart to show the management structure in your business. Clearly show who is in charge of what area in your company. It is where you show how each key manager or team leader’s unique experience can contribute immensely to the success of your company. You can also opt to add the resumes and CVs of the key players in your company.

The business and management structure section should show who the owner is, and other owners of the businesses (if the business has other owners). For businesses or companies with multiple owners, include the percent ownership of the various owners and clearly show the extent of each others’ involvement in the company.

Investors want to know who is behind the company and the team running it to determine if it has the right management to achieve its set goals.

Management Team

The management team section is where you show that you have the right team in place to successfully execute the business operations and ideas. Take time to create the management structure for your business. Think about all the important roles and responsibilities that you need managers for to grow your business.

Include brief bios of each key team member and ensure you highlight only the relevant information that is needed. If your team members have background industry experience or have held top positions for other companies and achieved success while filling that role, highlight it in this section.

Create Management Team For Business Plan

A common mistake that many startups make is assigning C-level titles such as (CMO and CEO) to everyone on their team. It is unrealistic for a small business to have those titles. While it may look good on paper for the ego of your team members, it can prevent investors from investing in your business.

Instead of building an unrealistic management structure that does not fit your business reality, it is best to allow business titles to grow as the business grows. Starting everyone at the top leaves no room for future change or growth, which is bad for productivity.

Your management team does not have to be complete before you start writing your business plan. You can have a complete business plan even when there are managerial positions that are empty and need filling.

If you have management gaps in your team, simply show the gaps and indicate you are searching for the right candidates for the role(s). Investors do not expect you to have a full management team when you are just starting your business.

Key Questions to Answer When Structuring Your Management Team

  • Who are the key leaders?
  • What experiences, skills, and educational backgrounds do you expect your key leaders to have?
  • Do your key leaders have industry experience?
  • What positions will they fill and what duties will they perform in those positions?
  • What level of authority do the key leaders have and what are their responsibilities?
  • What is the salary for the various management positions that will attract the ideal candidates?

Additional Tips for Writing the Management Structure Section

1. Avoid Adding ‘Ghost’ Names to Your Management Team

There is always that temptation to include a ‘ghost’ name to your management team to attract and influence investors to invest in your business. Although the presence of these celebrity management team members may attract the attention of investors, it can cause your business to lose any credibility if you get found out.

Seasoned investors will investigate further the members of your management team before committing fully to your business If they find out that the celebrity name used does not play any actual role in your business, they will not invest and may write you off as dishonest.

2. Focus on Credentials But Pay Extra Attention to the Roles

Investors want to know the experience that your key team members have to determine if they can successfully reach the company’s growth and financial goals.

While it is an excellent boost for your key management team to have the right credentials, you also want to pay extra attention to the roles they will play in your company.

Organizational Chart

Organizational chart Infographic

Adding an organizational chart in this section of your business plan is not necessary, you can do it in your business plan’s appendix.

If you are exploring funding options, it is not uncommon to get asked for your organizational chart. The function of an organizational chart goes beyond raising money, you can also use it as a useful planning tool for your business.

An organizational chart can help you identify how best to structure your management team for maximum productivity and point you towards key roles you need to fill in the future.

You can use the organizational chart to show your company’s internal management structure such as the roles and responsibilities of your management team, and relationships that exist between them.

5. Describe Your Product and Service Offering

In your business plan, you have to describe what you sell or the service you plan to offer. It is the next step after defining your business and management structure. The products and services section is where you sell the benefits of your business.

Here you have to explain how your product or service will benefit your customers and describe your product lifecycle. It is also the section where you write down your plans for intellectual property like patent filings and copyrighting.

The research and development that you are undertaking for your product or service need to be explained in detail in this section. However, do not get too technical, sell the general idea and its benefits.

If you have any diagrams or intricate designs of your product or service, do not include them in the products and services section. Instead, leave them for the addendum page. Also, if you are leaving out diagrams or designs for the addendum, ensure you add this phrase “For more detail, visit the addendum Page #.”

Your product and service section in your business plan should include the following:

  • A detailed explanation that clearly shows how your product or service works.
  • The pricing model for your product or service.
  • Your business’ sales and distribution strategy.
  • The ideal customers that want your product or service.
  • The benefits of your products and services.
  • Reason(s) why your product or service is a better alternative to what your competitors are currently offering in the market.
  • Plans for filling the orders you receive
  • If you have current or pending patents, copyrights, and trademarks for your product or service, you can also discuss them in this section.

What to Focus On When Describing the Benefits, Lifecycle, and Production Process of Your Products or Services

In the products and services section, you have to distill the benefits, lifecycle, and production process of your products and services.

When describing the benefits of your products or services, here are some key factors to focus on.

  • Unique features
  • Translating the unique features into benefits
  • The emotional, psychological, and practical payoffs to attract customers
  • Intellectual property rights or any patents

When describing the product life cycle of your products or services, here are some key factors to focus on.

  • Upsells, cross-sells, and down-sells
  • Time between purchases
  • Plans for research and development.

When describing the production process for your products or services, you need to think about the following:

  • The creation of new or existing products and services.
  • The sources for the raw materials or components you need for production.
  • Assembling the products
  • Maintaining quality control
  • Supply-chain logistics (receiving the raw materials and delivering the finished products)
  • The day-to-day management of the production processes, bookkeeping, and inventory.

Tips for Writing the Products or Services Section of Your Business Plan

1. Avoid Technical Descriptions and Industry Buzzwords

The products and services section of your business plan should clearly describe the products and services that your company provides. However, it is not a section to include technical jargons that anyone outside your industry will not understand.

A good practice is to remove highly detailed or technical descriptions in favor of simple terms. Industry buzzwords are not necessary, if there are simpler terms you can use, then use them. If you plan to use your business plan to source funds, making the product or service section so technical will do you no favors.

2. Describe How Your Products or Services Differ from Your Competitors

When potential investors look at your business plan, they want to know how the products and services you are offering differ from that of your competition. Differentiating your products or services from your competition in a way that makes your solution more attractive is critical.

If you are going the innovative path and there is no market currently for your product or service, you need to describe in this section why the market needs your product or service.

For example, overnight delivery was a niche business that only a few companies were participating in. Federal Express (FedEx) had to show in its business plan that there was a large opportunity for that service and they justified why the market needed that service.

3. Long or Short Products or Services Section

Should your products or services section be short? Does the long products or services section attract more investors?

There are no straightforward answers to these questions. Whether your products or services section should be long or relatively short depends on the nature of your business.

If your business is product-focused, then automatically you need to use more space to describe the details of your products. However, if the product your business sells is a commodity item that relies on competitive pricing or other pricing strategies, you do not have to use up so much space to provide significant details about the product.

Likewise, if you are selling a commodity that is available in numerous outlets, then you do not have to spend time on writing a long products or services section.

The key to the success of your business is most likely the effectiveness of your marketing strategies compared to your competitors. Use more space to address that section.

If you are creating a new product or service that the market does not know about, your products or services section can be lengthy. The reason why is because you need to explain everything about the product or service such as the nature of the product, its use case, and values.

A short products or services section for an innovative product or service will not give the readers enough information to properly evaluate your business.

4. Describe Your Relationships with Vendors or Suppliers

Your business will rely on vendors or suppliers to supply raw materials or the components needed to make your products. In your products and services section, describe your relationships with your vendors and suppliers fully.

Avoid the mistake of relying on only one supplier or vendor. If that supplier or vendor fails to supply or goes out of business, you can easily face supply problems and struggle to meet your demands. Plan to set up multiple vendor or supplier relationships for better business stability.

5. Your Primary Goal Is to Convince Your Readers

The primary goal of your business plan is to convince your readers that your business is viable and to create a guide for your business to follow. It applies to the products and services section.

When drafting this section, think like the reader. See your reader as someone who has no idea about your products and services. You are using the products and services section to provide the needed information to help your reader understand your products and services. As a result, you have to be clear and to the point.

While you want to educate your readers about your products or services, you also do not want to bore them with lots of technical details. Show your products and services and not your fancy choice of words.

Your products and services section should provide the answer to the “what” question for your business. You and your management team may run the business, but it is your products and services that are the lifeblood of the business.

Key Questions to Answer When Writing your Products and Services Section

Answering these questions can help you write your products and services section quickly and in a way that will appeal to your readers.

  • Are your products existing on the market or are they still in the development stage?
  • What is your timeline for adding new products and services to the market?
  • What are the positives that make your products and services different from your competitors?
  • Do your products and services have any competitive advantage that your competitors’ products and services do not currently have?
  • Do your products or services have any competitive disadvantages that you need to overcome to compete with your competitors? If your answer is yes, state how you plan to overcome them,
  • How much does it cost to produce your products or services? How much do you plan to sell it for?
  • What is the price for your products and services compared to your competitors? Is pricing an issue?
  • What are your operating costs and will it be low enough for you to compete with your competitors and still take home a reasonable profit margin?
  • What is your plan for acquiring your products? Are you involved in the production of your products or services?
  • Are you the manufacturer and produce all the components you need to create your products? Do you assemble your products by using components supplied by other manufacturers? Do you purchase your products directly from suppliers or wholesalers?
  • Do you have a steady supply of products that you need to start your business? (If your business is yet to kick-off)
  • How do you plan to distribute your products or services to the market?

You can also hint at the marketing or promotion plans you have for your products or services such as how you plan to build awareness or retain customers. The next section is where you can go fully into details about your business’s marketing and sales plan.

6. Show and Explain Your Marketing and Sales Plan

Providing great products and services is wonderful, but it means nothing if you do not have a marketing and sales plan to inform your customers about them. Your marketing and sales plan is critical to the success of your business.

The sales and marketing section is where you show and offer a detailed explanation of your marketing and sales plan and how you plan to execute it. It covers your pricing plan, proposed advertising and promotion activities, activities and partnerships you need to make your business a success, and the benefits of your products and services.

There are several ways you can approach your marketing and sales strategy. Ideally, your marketing and sales strategy has to fit the unique needs of your business.

In this section, you describe how the plans your business has for attracting and retaining customers, and the exact process for making a sale happen. It is essential to thoroughly describe your complete marketing and sales plans because you are still going to reference this section when you are making financial projections for your business.

Outline Your Business’ Unique Selling Proposition (USP)

Unique Selling Proposition (USP)

The sales and marketing section is where you outline your business’s unique selling proposition (USP). When you are developing your unique selling proposition, think about the strongest reasons why people should buy from you over your competition. That reason(s) is most likely a good fit to serve as your unique selling proposition (USP).

Target Market and Target Audience

Plans on how to get your products or services to your target market and how to get your target audience to buy them go into this section. You also highlight the strengths of your business here, particularly what sets them apart from your competition.

Target Market Vs Target Audience

Before you start writing your marketing and sales plan, you need to have properly defined your target audience and fleshed out your buyer persona. If you do not first understand the individual you are marketing to, your marketing and sales plan will lack any substance and easily fall.

Creating a Smart Marketing and Sales Plan

Marketing your products and services is an investment that requires you to spend money. Like any other investment, you have to generate a good return on investment (ROI) to justify using that marketing and sales plan. Good marketing and sales plans bring in high sales and profits to your company.

Avoid spending money on unproductive marketing channels. Do your research and find out the best marketing and sales plan that works best for your company.

Your marketing and sales plan can be broken into different parts: your positioning statement, pricing, promotion, packaging, advertising, public relations, content marketing, social media, and strategic alliances.

Your Positioning Statement

Your positioning statement is the first part of your marketing and sales plan. It refers to the way you present your company to your customers.

Are you the premium solution, the low-price solution, or are you the intermediary between the two extremes in the market? What do you offer that your competitors do not that can give you leverage in the market?

Before you start writing your positioning statement, you need to spend some time evaluating the current market conditions. Here are some questions that can help you to evaluate the market

  • What are the unique features or benefits that you offer that your competitors lack?
  • What are your customers’ primary needs and wants?
  • Why should a customer choose you over your competition? How do you plan to differentiate yourself from the competition?
  • How does your company’s solution compare with other solutions in the market?

After answering these questions, then you can start writing your positioning statement. Your positioning statement does not have to be in-depth or too long.

All you need to explain with your positioning statement are two focus areas. The first is the position of your company within the competitive landscape. The other focus area is the core value proposition that sets your company apart from other alternatives that your ideal customer might consider.

Here is a simple template you can use to develop a positioning statement.

For [description of target market] who [need of target market], [product or service] [how it meets the need]. Unlike [top competition], it [most essential distinguishing feature].

For example, let’s create the positioning statement for fictional accounting software and QuickBooks alternative , TBooks.

“For small business owners who need accounting services, TBooks is an accounting software that helps small businesses handle their small business bookkeeping basics quickly and easily. Unlike Wave, TBooks gives small businesses access to live sessions with top accountants.”

You can edit this positioning statement sample and fill it with your business details.

After writing your positioning statement, the next step is the pricing of your offerings. The overall positioning strategy you set in your positioning statement will often determine how you price your products or services.

Pricing is a powerful tool that sends a strong message to your customers. Failure to get your pricing strategy right can make or mar your business. If you are targeting a low-income audience, setting a premium price can result in low sales.

You can use pricing to communicate your positioning to your customers. For example, if you are offering a product at a premium price, you are sending a message to your customers that the product belongs to the premium category.

Basic Rules to Follow When Pricing Your Offering

Setting a price for your offering involves more than just putting a price tag on it. Deciding on the right pricing for your offering requires following some basic rules. They include covering your costs, primary and secondary profit center pricing, and matching the market rate.

  • Covering Your Costs: The price you set for your products or service should be more than it costs you to produce and deliver them. Every business has the same goal, to make a profit. Depending on the strategy you want to use, there are exceptions to this rule. However, the vast majority of businesses follow this rule.
  • Primary and Secondary Profit Center Pricing: When a company sets its price above the cost of production, it is making that product its primary profit center. A company can also decide not to make its initial price its primary profit center by selling below or at even with its production cost. It rather depends on the support product or even maintenance that is associated with the initial purchase to make its profit. The initial price thus became its secondary profit center.
  • Matching the Market Rate: A good rule to follow when pricing your products or services is to match your pricing with consumer demand and expectations. If you price your products or services beyond the price your customer perceives as the ideal price range, you may end up with no customers. Pricing your products too low below what your customer perceives as the ideal price range may lead to them undervaluing your offering.

Pricing Strategy

Your pricing strategy influences the price of your offering. There are several pricing strategies available for you to choose from when examining the right pricing strategy for your business. They include cost-plus pricing, market-based pricing, value pricing, and more.

Pricing strategy influences the price of offering

  • Cost-plus Pricing: This strategy is one of the simplest and oldest pricing strategies. Here you consider the cost of producing a unit of your product and then add a profit to it to arrive at your market price. It is an effective pricing strategy for manufacturers because it helps them cover their initial costs. Another name for the cost-plus pricing strategy is the markup pricing strategy.
  • Market-based Pricing: This pricing strategy analyses the market including competitors’ pricing and then sets a price based on what the market is expecting. With this pricing strategy, you can either set your price at the low-end or high-end of the market.
  • Value Pricing: This pricing strategy involves setting a price based on the value you are providing to your customer. When adopting a value-based pricing strategy, you have to set a price that your customers are willing to pay. Service-based businesses such as small business insurance providers , luxury goods sellers, and the fashion industry use this pricing strategy.

After carefully sorting out your positioning statement and pricing, the next item to look at is your promotional strategy. Your promotional strategy explains how you plan on communicating with your customers and prospects.

As a business, you must measure all your costs, including the cost of your promotions. You also want to measure how much sales your promotions bring for your business to determine its usefulness. Promotional strategies or programs that do not lead to profit need to be removed.

There are different types of promotional strategies you can adopt for your business, they include advertising, public relations, and content marketing.

Advertising

Your business plan should include your advertising plan which can be found in the marketing and sales plan section. You need to include an overview of your advertising plans such as the areas you plan to spend money on to advertise your business and offers.

Ensure that you make it clear in this section if your business will be advertising online or using the more traditional offline media, or the combination of both online and offline media. You can also include the advertising medium you want to use to raise awareness about your business and offers.

Some common online advertising mediums you can use include social media ads, landing pages, sales pages, SEO, Pay-Per-Click, emails, Google Ads, and others. Some common traditional and offline advertising mediums include word of mouth, radios, direct mail, televisions, flyers, billboards, posters, and others.

A key component of your advertising strategy is how you plan to measure the effectiveness and success of your advertising campaign. There is no point in sticking with an advertising plan or medium that does not produce results for your business in the long run.

Public Relations

A great way to reach your customers is to get the media to cover your business or product. Publicity, especially good ones, should be a part of your marketing and sales plan. In this section, show your plans for getting prominent reviews of your product from reputable publications and sources.

Your business needs that exposure to grow. If public relations is a crucial part of your promotional strategy, provide details about your public relations plan here.

Content Marketing

Content marketing is a popular promotional strategy used by businesses to inform and attract their customers. It is about teaching and educating your prospects on various topics of interest in your niche, it does not just involve informing them about the benefits and features of the products and services you have,

The Benefits of Content Marketing

Businesses publish content usually for free where they provide useful information, tips, and advice so that their target market can be made aware of the importance of their products and services. Content marketing strategies seek to nurture prospects into buyers over time by simply providing value.

Your company can create a blog where it will be publishing content for its target market. You will need to use the best website builder such as Wix and Squarespace and the best web hosting services such as Bluehost, Hostinger, and other Bluehost alternatives to create a functional blog or website.

If content marketing is a crucial part of your promotional strategy (as it should be), detail your plans under promotions.

Including high-quality images of the packaging of your product in your business plan is a lovely idea. You can add the images of the packaging of that product in the marketing and sales plan section. If you are not selling a product, then you do not need to include any worry about the physical packaging of your product.

When organizing the packaging section of your business plan, you can answer the following questions to make maximum use of this section.

  • Is your choice of packaging consistent with your positioning strategy?
  • What key value proposition does your packaging communicate? (It should reflect the key value proposition of your business)
  • How does your packaging compare to that of your competitors?

Social Media

Your 21st-century business needs to have a good social media presence. Not having one is leaving out opportunities for growth and reaching out to your prospect.

You do not have to join the thousands of social media platforms out there. What you need to do is join the ones that your customers are active on and be active there.

Most popular social media platforms

Businesses use social media to provide information about their products such as promotions, discounts, the benefits of their products, and content on their blogs.

Social media is also a platform for engaging with your customers and getting feedback about your products or services. Make no mistake, more and more of your prospects are using social media channels to find more information about companies.

You need to consider the social media channels you want to prioritize your business (prioritize the ones your customers are active in) and your branding plans in this section.

Choosing the right social media platform

Strategic Alliances

If your company plans to work closely with other companies as part of your sales and marketing plan, include it in this section. Prove details about those partnerships in your business plan if you have already established them.

Strategic alliances can be beneficial for all parties involved including your company. Working closely with another company in the form of a partnership can provide access to a different target market segment for your company.

The company you are partnering with may also gain access to your target market or simply offer a new product or service (that of your company) to its customers.

Mutually beneficial partnerships can cover the weaknesses of one company with the strength of another. You should consider strategic alliances with companies that sell complimentary products to yours. For example, if you provide printers, you can partner with a company that produces ink since the customers that buy printers from you will also need inks for printing.

Steps Involved in Creating a Marketing and Sales Plan

1. Focus on Your Target Market

Identify who your customers are, the market you want to target. Then determine the best ways to get your products or services to your potential customers.

2. Evaluate Your Competition

One of the goals of having a marketing plan is to distinguish yourself from your competition. You cannot stand out from them without first knowing them in and out.

You can know your competitors by gathering information about their products, pricing, service, and advertising campaigns.

These questions can help you know your competition.

  • What makes your competition successful?
  • What are their weaknesses?
  • What are customers saying about your competition?

3. Consider Your Brand

Customers' perception of your brand has a strong impact on your sales. Your marketing and sales plan should seek to bolster the image of your brand. Before you start marketing your business, think about the message you want to pass across about your business and your products and services.

4. Focus on Benefits

The majority of your customers do not view your product in terms of features, what they want to know is the benefits and solutions your product offers. Think about the problems your product solves and the benefits it delivers, and use it to create the right sales and marketing message.

Your marketing plan should focus on what you want your customer to get instead of what you provide. Identify those benefits in your marketing and sales plan.

5. Focus on Differentiation

Your marketing and sales plan should look for a unique angle they can take that differentiates your business from the competition, even if the products offered are similar. Some good areas of differentiation you can use are your benefits, pricing, and features.

Key Questions to Answer When Writing Your Marketing and Sales Plan

  • What is your company’s budget for sales and marketing campaigns?
  • What key metrics will you use to determine if your marketing plans are successful?
  • What are your alternatives if your initial marketing efforts do not succeed?
  • Who are the sales representatives you need to promote your products or services?
  • What are the marketing and sales channels you plan to use? How do you plan to get your products in front of your ideal customers?
  • Where will you sell your products?

You may want to include samples of marketing materials you plan to use such as print ads, website descriptions, and social media ads. While it is not compulsory to include these samples, it can help you better communicate your marketing and sales plan and objectives.

The purpose of the marketing and sales section is to answer this question “How will you reach your customers?” If you cannot convincingly provide an answer to this question, you need to rework your marketing and sales section.

7. Clearly Show Your Funding Request

If you are writing your business plan to ask for funding from investors or financial institutions, the funding request section is where you will outline your funding requirements. The funding request section should answer the question ‘How much money will your business need in the near future (3 to 5 years)?’

A good funding request section will clearly outline and explain the amount of funding your business needs over the next five years. You need to know the amount of money your business needs to make an accurate funding request.

Also, when writing your funding request, provide details of how the funds will be used over the period. Specify if you want to use the funds to buy raw materials or machinery, pay salaries, pay for advertisements, and cover specific bills such as rent and electricity.

In addition to explaining what you want to use the funds requested for, you need to clearly state the projected return on investment (ROI) . Investors and creditors want to know if your business can generate profit for them if they put funds into it.

Ensure you do not inflate the figures and stay as realistic as possible. Investors and financial institutions you are seeking funds from will do their research before investing money in your business.

If you are not sure of an exact number to request from, you can use some range of numbers as rough estimates. Add a best-case scenario and a work-case scenario to your funding request. Also, include a description of your strategic future financial plans such as selling your business or paying off debts.

Funding Request: Debt or Equity?

When making your funding request, specify the type of funding you want. Do you want debt or equity? Draw out the terms that will be applicable for the funding, and the length of time the funding request will cover.

Case for Equity

If your new business has not yet started generating profits, you are most likely preparing to sell equity in your business to raise capital at the early stage. Equity here refers to ownership. In this case, you are selling a portion of your company to raise capital.

Although this method of raising capital for your business does not put your business in debt, keep in mind that an equity owner may expect to play a key role in company decisions even if he does not hold a major stake in the company.

Most equity sales for startups are usually private transactions . If you are making a funding request by offering equity in exchange for funding, let the investor know that they will be paid a dividend (a share of the company’s profit). Also, let the investor know the process for selling their equity in your business.

Case for Debt

You may decide not to offer equity in exchange for funds, instead, you make a funding request with the promise to pay back the money borrowed at the agreed time frame.

When making a funding request with an agreement to pay back, note that you will have to repay your creditors both the principal amount borrowed and the interest on it. Financial institutions offer this type of funding for businesses.

Large companies combine both equity and debt in their capital structure. When drafting your business plan, decide if you want to offer both or one over the other.

Before you sell equity in exchange for funding in your business, consider if you are willing to accept not being in total control of your business. Also, before you seek loans in your funding request section, ensure that the terms of repayment are favorable.

You should set a clear timeline in your funding request so that potential investors and creditors can know what you are expecting. Some investors and creditors may agree to your funding request and then delay payment for longer than 30 days, meanwhile, your business needs an immediate cash injection to operate efficiently.

Additional Tips for Writing the Funding Request Section of your Business Plan

The funding request section is not necessary for every business, it is only needed by businesses who plan to use their business plan to secure funding.

If you are adding the funding request section to your business plan, provide an itemized summary of how you plan to use the funds requested. Hiring a lawyer, accountant, or other professionals may be necessary for the proper development of this section.

You should also gather and use financial statements that add credibility and support to your funding requests. Ensure that the financial statements you use should include your projected financial data such as projected cash flows, forecast statements, and expenditure budgets.

If you are an existing business, include all historical financial statements such as cash flow statements, balance sheets and income statements .

Provide monthly and quarterly financial statements for a year. If your business has records that date back beyond the one-year mark, add the yearly statements of those years. These documents are for the appendix section of your business plan.

8. Detail Your Financial Plan, Metrics, and Projections

If you used the funding request section in your business plan, supplement it with a financial plan, metrics, and projections. This section paints a picture of the past performance of your business and then goes ahead to make an informed projection about its future.

The goal of this section is to convince readers that your business is going to be a financial success. It outlines your business plan to generate enough profit to repay the loan (with interest if applicable) and to generate a decent return on investment for investors.

If you have an existing business already in operation, use this section to demonstrate stability through finance. This section should include your cash flow statements, balance sheets, and income statements covering the last three to five years. If your business has some acceptable collateral that you can use to acquire loans, list it in the financial plan, metrics, and projection section.

Apart from current financial statements, this section should also contain a prospective financial outlook that spans the next five years. Include forecasted income statements, cash flow statements, balance sheets, and capital expenditure budget.

If your business is new and is not yet generating profit, use clear and realistic projections to show the potentials of your business.

When drafting this section, research industry norms and the performance of comparable businesses. Your financial projections should cover at least five years. State the logic behind your financial projections. Remember you can always make adjustments to this section as the variables change.

The financial plan, metrics, and projection section create a baseline which your business can either exceed or fail to reach. If your business fails to reach your projections in this section, you need to understand why it failed.

Investors and loan managers spend a lot of time going through the financial plan, metrics, and projection section compared to other parts of the business plan. Ensure you spend time creating credible financial analyses for your business in this section.

Many entrepreneurs find this section daunting to write. You do not need a business degree to create a solid financial forecast for your business. Business finances, especially for startups, are not as complicated as they seem. There are several online tools and templates that make writing this section so much easier.

Use Graphs and Charts

The financial plan, metrics, and projection section is a great place to use graphs and charts to tell the financial story of your business. Charts and images make it easier to communicate your finances.

Accuracy in this section is key, ensure you carefully analyze your past financial statements properly before making financial projects.

Address the Risk Factors and Show Realistic Financial Projections

Keep your financial plan, metrics, and projection realistic. It is okay to be optimistic in your financial projection, however, you have to justify it.

You should also address the various risk factors associated with your business in this section. Investors want to know the potential risks involved, show them. You should also show your plans for mitigating those risks.

What You Should In The Financial Plan, Metrics, and Projection Section of Your Business Plan

The financial plan, metrics, and projection section of your business plan should have monthly sales and revenue forecasts for the first year. It should also include annual projections that cover 3 to 5 years.

A three-year projection is a basic requirement to have in your business plan. However, some investors may request a five-year forecast.

Your business plan should include the following financial statements: sales forecast, personnel plan, income statement, income statement, cash flow statement, balance sheet, and an exit strategy.

1. Sales Forecast

Sales forecast refers to your projections about the number of sales your business is going to record over the next few years. It is typically broken into several rows, with each row assigned to a core product or service that your business is offering.

One common mistake people make in their business plan is to break down the sales forecast section into long details. A sales forecast should forecast the high-level details.

For example, if you are forecasting sales for a payroll software provider, you could break down your forecast into target market segments or subscription categories.

Benefits of Sales Forecasting

Your sales forecast section should also have a corresponding row for each sales row to cover the direct cost or Cost of Goods Sold (COGS). The objective of these rows is to show the expenses that your business incurs in making and delivering your product or service.

Note that your Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) should only cover those direct costs incurred when making your products. Other indirect expenses such as insurance, salaries, payroll tax, and rent should not be included.

For example, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) for a restaurant is the cost of ingredients while for a consulting company it will be the cost of paper and other presentation materials.

Factors that affect sales forecasting

2. Personnel Plan

The personnel plan section is where you provide details about the payment plan for your employees. For a small business, you can easily list every position in your company and how much you plan to pay in the personnel plan.

However, for larger businesses, you have to break the personnel plan into functional groups such as sales and marketing.

The personnel plan will also include the cost of an employee beyond salary, commonly referred to as the employee burden. These costs include insurance, payroll taxes , and other essential costs incurred monthly as a result of having employees on your payroll.

True HR Cost Infographic

3. Income Statement

The income statement section shows if your business is making a profit or taking a loss. Another name for the income statement is the profit and loss (P&L). It takes data from your sales forecast and personnel plan and adds other ongoing expenses you incur while running your business.

The income statement section

Every business plan should have an income statement. It subtracts your business expenses from its earnings to show if your business is generating profit or incurring losses.

The income statement has the following items: sales, Cost of Goods Sold (COGS), gross margin, operating expenses, total operating expenses, operating income , total expenses, and net profit.

  • Sales refer to the revenue your business generates from selling its products or services. Other names for sales are income or revenue.
  • Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) refers to the total cost of selling your products. Other names for COGS are direct costs or cost of sales. Manufacturing businesses use the Costs of Goods Manufactured (COGM) .
  • Gross Margin is the figure you get when you subtract your COGS from your sales. In your income statement, you can express it as a percentage of total sales (Gross margin / Sales = Gross Margin Percent).
  • Operating Expenses refer to all the expenses you incur from running your business. It exempts the COGS because it stands alone as a core part of your income statement. You also have to exclude taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Your operating expenses include salaries, marketing expenses, research and development (R&D) expenses, and other expenses.
  • Total Operating Expenses refers to the sum of all your operating expenses including those exemptions named above under operating expenses.
  • Operating Income refers to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. It is simply known as the acronym EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization). Calculating your operating income is simple, all you need to do is to subtract your COGS and total operating expenses from your sales.
  • Total Expenses refer to the sum of your operating expenses and your business’ interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization.
  • Net profit shows whether your business has made a profit or taken a loss during a given timeframe.

4. Cash Flow Statement

The cash flow statement tracks the money you have in the bank at any given point. It is often confused with the income statement or the profit and loss statement. They are both different types of financial statements. The income statement calculates your profits and losses while the cash flow statement shows you how much you have in the bank.

Cash Flow Statement Example

5. Balance Sheet

The balance sheet is a financial statement that provides an overview of the financial health of your business. It contains information about the assets and liabilities of your company, and owner’s or shareholders’ equity.

You can get the net worth of your company by subtracting your company’s liabilities from its assets.

Balance sheet Formula

6. Exit Strategy

The exit strategy refers to a probable plan for selling your business either to the public in an IPO or to another company. It is the last thing you include in the financial plan, metrics, and projection section.

You can choose to omit the exit strategy from your business plan if you plan to maintain full ownership of your business and do not plan on seeking angel investment or virtual capitalist (VC) funding.

Investors may want to know what your exit plan is. They invest in your business to get a good return on investment.

Your exit strategy does not have to include long and boring details. Ensure you identify some interested parties who may be interested in buying the company if it becomes a success.

Exit Strategy Section of Business Plan Infographic

Key Questions to Answer with Your Financial Plan, Metrics, and Projection

Your financial plan, metrics, and projection section helps investors, creditors, or your internal managers to understand what your expenses are, the amount of cash you need, and what it takes to make your company profitable. It also shows what you will be doing with any funding.

You do not need to show actual financial data if you do not have one. Adding forecasts and projections to your financial statements is added proof that your strategy is feasible and shows investors you have planned properly.

Here are some key questions to answer to help you develop this section.

  • What is your sales forecast for the next year?
  • When will your company achieve a positive cash flow?
  • What are the core expenses you need to operate?
  • How much money do you need upfront to operate or grow your company?
  • How will you use the loans or investments?

9. Add an Appendix to Your Business Plan

Adding an appendix to your business plan is optional. It is a useful place to put any charts, tables, legal notes, definitions, permits, résumés, and other critical information that do not fit into other sections of your business plan.

The appendix section is where you would want to include details of a patent or patent-pending if you have one. You can always add illustrations or images of your products here. It is the last section of your business plan.

When writing your business plan, there are details you cut short or remove to prevent the entire section from becoming too lengthy. There are also details you want to include in the business plan but are not a good fit for any of the previous sections. You can add that additional information to the appendix section.

Businesses also use the appendix section to include supporting documents or other materials specially requested by investors or lenders.

You can include just about any information that supports the assumptions and statements you made in the business plan under the appendix. It is the one place in the business plan where unrelated data and information can coexist amicably.

If your appendix section is lengthy, try organizing it by adding a table of contents at the beginning of the appendix section. It is also advisable to group similar information to make it easier for the reader to access them.

A well-organized appendix section makes it easier to share your information clearly and concisely. Add footnotes throughout the rest of the business plan or make references in the plan to the documents in the appendix.

The appendix section is usually only necessary if you are seeking funding from investors or lenders, or hoping to attract partners.

People reading business plans do not want to spend time going through a heap of backup information, numbers, and charts. Keep these documents or information in the Appendix section in case the reader wants to dig deeper.

Common Items to Include in the Appendix Section of Your Business Plan

The appendix section includes documents that supplement or support the information or claims given in other sections of the business plans. Common items you can include in the appendix section include:

  • Additional data about the process of manufacturing or creation
  • Additional description of products or services such as product schematics
  • Additional financial documents or projections
  • Articles of incorporation and status
  • Backup for market research or competitive analysis
  • Bank statements
  • Business registries
  • Client testimonials (if your business is already running)
  • Copies of insurances
  • Credit histories (personal or/and business)
  • Deeds and permits
  • Equipment leases
  • Examples of marketing and advertising collateral
  • Industry associations and memberships
  • Images of product
  • Intellectual property
  • Key customer contracts
  • Legal documents and other contracts
  • Letters of reference
  • Links to references
  • Market research data
  • Organizational charts
  • Photographs of potential facilities
  • Professional licenses pertaining to your legal structure or type of business
  • Purchase orders
  • Resumes of the founder(s) and key managers
  • State and federal identification numbers or codes
  • Trademarks or patents’ registrations

Avoid using the appendix section as a place to dump any document or information you feel like adding. Only add documents or information that you support or increase the credibility of your business plan.

Tips and Strategies for Writing a Convincing Business Plan

To achieve a perfect business plan, you need to consider some key tips and strategies. These tips will raise the efficiency of your business plan above average.

1. Know Your Audience

When writing a business plan, you need to know your audience . Business owners write business plans for different reasons. Your business plan has to be specific. For example, you can write business plans to potential investors, banks, and even fellow board members of the company.

The audience you are writing to determines the structure of the business plan. As a business owner, you have to know your audience. Not everyone will be your audience. Knowing your audience will help you to narrow the scope of your business plan.

Consider what your audience wants to see in your projects, the likely questions they might ask, and what interests them.

  • A business plan used to address a company's board members will center on its employment schemes, internal affairs, projects, stakeholders, etc.
  • A business plan for financial institutions will talk about the size of your market and the chances for you to pay back any loans you demand.
  • A business plan for investors will show proof that you can return the investment capital within a specific time. In addition, it discusses your financial projections, tractions, and market size.

2. Get Inspiration from People

Writing a business plan from scratch as an entrepreneur can be daunting. That is why you need the right inspiration to push you to write one. You can gain inspiration from the successful business plans of other businesses. Look at their business plans, the style they use, the structure of the project, etc.

To make your business plan easier to create, search companies related to your business to get an exact copy of what you need to create an effective business plan. You can also make references while citing examples in your business plans.

When drafting your business plan, get as much help from others as you possibly can. By getting inspiration from people, you can create something better than what they have.

3. Avoid Being Over Optimistic

Many business owners make use of strong adjectives to qualify their content. One of the big mistakes entrepreneurs make when preparing a business plan is promising too much.

The use of superlatives and over-optimistic claims can prepare the audience for more than you can offer. In the end, you disappoint the confidence they have in you.

In most cases, the best option is to be realistic with your claims and statistics. Most of the investors can sense a bit of incompetency from the overuse of superlatives. As a new entrepreneur, do not be tempted to over-promise to get the interests of investors.

The concept of entrepreneurship centers on risks, nothing is certain when you make future analyses. What separates the best is the ability to do careful research and work towards achieving that, not promising more than you can achieve.

To make an excellent first impression as an entrepreneur, replace superlatives with compelling data-driven content. In this way, you are more specific than someone promising a huge ROI from an investment.

4. Keep it Simple and Short

When writing business plans, ensure you keep them simple throughout. Irrespective of the purpose of the business plan, your goal is to convince the audience.

One way to achieve this goal is to make them understand your proposal. Therefore, it would be best if you avoid the use of complex grammar to express yourself. It would be a huge turn-off if the people you want to convince are not familiar with your use of words.

Another thing to note is the length of your business plan. It would be best if you made it as brief as possible.

You hardly see investors or agencies that read through an extremely long document. In that case, if your first few pages can’t convince them, then you have lost it. The more pages you write, the higher the chances of you derailing from the essential contents.

To ensure your business plan has a high conversion rate, you need to dispose of every unnecessary information. For example, if you have a strategy that you are not sure of, it would be best to leave it out of the plan.

5. Make an Outline and Follow Through

A perfect business plan must have touched every part needed to convince the audience. Business owners get easily tempted to concentrate more on their products than on other sections. Doing this can be detrimental to the efficiency of the business plan.

For example, imagine you talking about a product but omitting or providing very little information about the target audience. You will leave your clients confused.

To ensure that your business plan communicates your full business model to readers, you have to input all the necessary information in it. One of the best ways to achieve this is to design a structure and stick to it.

This structure is what guides you throughout the writing. To make your work easier, you can assign an estimated word count or page limit to every section to avoid making it too bulky for easy reading. As a guide, the necessary things your business plan must contain are:

  • Table of contents
  • Introduction
  • Product or service description
  • Target audience
  • Market size
  • Competition analysis
  • Financial projections

Some specific businesses can include some other essential sections, but these are the key sections that must be in every business plan.

6. Ask a Professional to Proofread

When writing a business plan, you must tie all loose ends to get a perfect result. When you are done with writing, call a professional to go through the document for you. You are bound to make mistakes, and the way to correct them is to get external help.

You should get a professional in your field who can relate to every section of your business plan. It would be easier for the professional to notice the inner flaws in the document than an editor with no knowledge of your business.

In addition to getting a professional to proofread, get an editor to proofread and edit your document. The editor will help you identify grammatical errors, spelling mistakes, and inappropriate writing styles.

Writing a business plan can be daunting, but you can surmount that obstacle and get the best out of it with these tips.

Business Plan Examples and Templates That’ll Save You Tons of Time

1. hubspot's one-page business plan.

HubSpot's One Page Business Plan

The one-page business plan template by HubSpot is the perfect guide for businesses of any size, irrespective of their business strategy. Although the template is condensed into a page, your final business plan should not be a page long! The template is designed to ask helpful questions that can help you develop your business plan.

Hubspot’s one-page business plan template is divided into nine fields:

  • Business opportunity
  • Company description
  • Industry analysis
  • Target market
  • Implementation timeline
  • Marketing plan
  • Financial summary
  • Funding required

2. Bplan’s Free Business Plan Template

Bplan’s Free Business Plan Template

Bplans' free business plan template is investor-approved. It is a rich template used by prestigious educational institutions such as Babson College and Princeton University to teach entrepreneurs how to create a business plan.

The template has six sections: the executive summary, opportunity, execution, company, financial plan, and appendix. There is a step-by-step guide for writing every little detail in the business plan. Follow the instructions each step of the way and you will create a business plan that impresses investors or lenders easily.

3. HubSpot's Downloadable Business Plan Template

HubSpot's Downloadable Business Plan Template

HubSpot’s downloadable business plan template is a more comprehensive option compared to the one-page business template by HubSpot. This free and downloadable business plan template is designed for entrepreneurs.

The template is a comprehensive guide and checklist for business owners just starting their businesses. It tells you everything you need to fill in each section of the business plan and how to do it.

There are nine sections in this business plan template: an executive summary, company and business description, product and services line, market analysis, marketing plan, sales plan, legal notes, financial considerations, and appendix.

4. Business Plan by My Own Business Institute

The Business Profile

My Own Business Institute (MOBI) which is a part of Santa Clara University's Center for Innovation and Entrepreneurship offers a free business plan template. You can either copy the free business template from the link provided above or download it as a Word document.

The comprehensive template consists of a whopping 15 sections.

  • The Business Profile
  • The Vision and the People
  • Home-Based Business and Freelance Business Opportunities
  • Organization
  • Licenses and Permits
  • Business Insurance
  • Communication Tools
  • Acquisitions
  • Location and Leasing
  • Accounting and Cash Flow
  • Opening and Marketing
  • Managing Employees
  • Expanding and Handling Problems

There are lots of helpful tips on how to fill each section in the free business plan template by MOBI.

5. Score's Business Plan Template for Startups

Score's Business Plan Template for Startups

Score is an American nonprofit organization that helps entrepreneurs build successful companies. This business plan template for startups by Score is available for free download. The business plan template asks a whooping 150 generic questions that help entrepreneurs from different fields to set up the perfect business plan.

The business plan template for startups contains clear instructions and worksheets, all you have to do is answer the questions and fill the worksheets.

There are nine sections in the business plan template: executive summary, company description, products and services, marketing plan, operational plan, management and organization, startup expenses and capitalization, financial plan, and appendices.

The ‘refining the plan’ resource contains instructions that help you modify your business plan to suit your specific needs, industry, and target audience. After you have completed Score’s business plan template, you can work with a SCORE mentor for expert advice in business planning.

6. Minimalist Architecture Business Plan Template by Venngage

Minimalist Architecture Business Plan Template by Venngage

The minimalist architecture business plan template is a simple template by Venngage that you can customize to suit your business needs .

There are five sections in the template: an executive summary, statement of problem, approach and methodology, qualifications, and schedule and benchmark. The business plan template has instructions that guide users on what to fill in each section.

7. Small Business Administration Free Business Plan Template

Small Business Administration Free Business Plan Template

The Small Business Administration (SBA) offers two free business plan templates, filled with practical real-life examples that you can model to create your business plan. Both free business plan templates are written by fictional business owners: Rebecca who owns a consulting firm, and Andrew who owns a toy company.

There are five sections in the two SBA’s free business plan templates.

  • Executive Summary
  • Company Description
  • Service Line
  • Marketing and Sales

8. The $100 Startup's One-Page Business Plan

The $100 Startup's One Page Business Plan

The one-page business plan by the $100 startup is a simple business plan template for entrepreneurs who do not want to create a long and complicated plan . You can include more details in the appendices for funders who want more information beyond what you can put in the one-page business plan.

There are five sections in the one-page business plan such as overview, ka-ching, hustling, success, and obstacles or challenges or open questions. You can answer all the questions using one or two sentences.

9. PandaDoc’s Free Business Plan Template

PandaDoc’s Free Business Plan Template

The free business plan template by PandaDoc is a comprehensive 15-page document that describes the information you should include in every section.

There are 11 sections in PandaDoc’s free business plan template.

  • Executive summary
  • Business description
  • Products and services
  • Operations plan
  • Management organization
  • Financial plan
  • Conclusion / Call to action
  • Confidentiality statement

You have to sign up for its 14-day free trial to access the template. You will find different business plan templates on PandaDoc once you sign up (including templates for general businesses and specific businesses such as bakeries, startups, restaurants, salons, hotels, and coffee shops)

PandaDoc allows you to customize its business plan templates to fit the needs of your business. After editing the template, you can send it to interested parties and track opens and views through PandaDoc.

10. Invoiceberry Templates for Word, Open Office, Excel, or PPT

Invoiceberry Templates Business Concept

InvoiceBerry is a U.K based online invoicing and tracking platform that offers free business plan templates in .docx, .odt, .xlsx, and .pptx formats for freelancers and small businesses.

Before you can download the free business plan template, it will ask you to give it your email address. After you complete the little task, it will send the download link to your inbox for you to download. It also provides a business plan checklist in .xlsx file format that ensures you add the right information to the business plan.

Alternatives to the Traditional Business Plan

A business plan is very important in mapping out how one expects their business to grow over a set number of years, particularly when they need external investment in their business. However, many investors do not have the time to watch you present your business plan. It is a long and boring read.

Luckily, there are three alternatives to the traditional business plan (the Business Model Canvas, Lean Canvas, and Startup Pitch Deck). These alternatives are less laborious and easier and quicker to present to investors.

Business Model Canvas (BMC)

The business model canvas is a business tool used to present all the important components of setting up a business, such as customers, route to market, value proposition, and finance in a single sheet. It provides a very focused blueprint that defines your business initially which you can later expand on if needed.

Business Model Canvas (BMC) Infographic

The sheet is divided mainly into company, industry, and consumer models that are interconnected in how they find problems and proffer solutions.

Segments of the Business Model Canvas

The business model canvas was developed by founder Alexander Osterwalder to answer important business questions. It contains nine segments.

Segments of the Business Model Canvas

  • Key Partners: Who will be occupying important executive positions in your business? What do they bring to the table? Will there be a third party involved with the company?
  • Key Activities: What important activities will production entail? What activities will be carried out to ensure the smooth running of the company?
  • The Product’s Value Propositions: What does your product do? How will it be different from other products?
  • Customer Segments: What demography of consumers are you targeting? What are the habits of these consumers? Who are the MVPs of your target consumers?
  • Customer Relationships: How will the team support and work with its customer base? How do you intend to build and maintain trust with the customer?
  • Key Resources: What type of personnel and tools will be needed? What size of the budget will they need access to?
  • Channels: How do you plan to create awareness of your products? How do you intend to transport your product to the customer?
  • Cost Structure: What is the estimated cost of production? How much will distribution cost?
  • Revenue Streams: For what value are customers willing to pay? How do they prefer to pay for the product? Are there any external revenues attached apart from the main source? How do the revenue streams contribute to the overall revenue?

Lean Canvas

The lean canvas is a problem-oriented alternative to the standard business model canvas. It was proposed by Ash Maurya, creator of Lean Stack as a development of the business model generation. It uses a more problem-focused approach and it majorly targets entrepreneurs and startup businesses.

The lean canvas is a problem oriented alternative to the standard business model canvas

Lean Canvas uses the same 9 blocks concept as the business model canvas, however, they have been modified slightly to suit the needs and purpose of a small startup. The key partners, key activities, customer relationships, and key resources are replaced by new segments which are:

  • Problem: Simple and straightforward number of problems you have identified, ideally three.
  • Solution: The solutions to each problem.
  • Unfair Advantage: Something you possess that can't be easily bought or replicated.
  • Key Metrics: Important numbers that will tell how your business is doing.

Startup Pitch Deck

While the business model canvas compresses into a factual sheet, startup pitch decks expand flamboyantly.

Pitch decks, through slides, convey your business plan, often through graphs and images used to emphasize estimations and observations in your presentation. Entrepreneurs often use pitch decks to fully convince their target audience of their plans before discussing funding arrangements.

Startup Pitch Deck Presentation

Considering the likelihood of it being used in a small time frame, a good startup pitch deck should ideally contain 20 slides or less to have enough time to answer questions from the audience.

Unlike the standard and lean business model canvases, a pitch deck doesn't have a set template on how to present your business plan but there are still important components to it. These components often mirror those of the business model canvas except that they are in slide form and contain more details.

Airbnb Pitch Deck

Using Airbnb (one of the most successful start-ups in recent history) for reference, the important components of a good slide are listed below.

  • Cover/Introduction Slide: Here, you should include your company's name and mission statement. Your mission statement should be a very catchy tagline. Also, include personal information and contact details to provide an easy link for potential investors.
  • Problem Slide: This slide requires you to create a connection with the audience or the investor that you are pitching. For example in their pitch, Airbnb summarized the most important problems it would solve in three brief points – pricing of hotels, disconnection from city culture, and connection problems for local bookings.
  • Solution Slide: This slide includes your core value proposition. List simple and direct solutions to the problems you have mentioned
  • Customer Analysis: Here you will provide information on the customers you will be offering your service to. The identity of your customers plays an important part in fundraising as well as the long-run viability of the business.
  • Market Validation: Use competitive analysis to show numbers that prove the presence of a market for your product, industry behavior in the present and the long run, as well as the percentage of the market you aim to attract. It shows that you understand your competitors and customers and convinces investors of the opportunities presented in the market.
  • Business Model: Your business model is the hook of your presentation. It may vary in complexity but it should generally include a pricing system informed by your market analysis. The goal of the slide is to confirm your business model is easy to implement.
  • Marketing Strategy: This slide should summarize a few customer acquisition methods that you plan to use to grow the business.
  • Competitive Advantage: What this slide will do is provide information on what will set you apart and make you a more attractive option to customers. It could be the possession of technology that is not widely known in the market.
  • Team Slide: Here you will give a brief description of your team. Include your key management personnel here and their specific roles in the company. Include their educational background, job history, and skillsets. Also, talk about their accomplishments in their careers so far to build investors' confidence in members of your team.
  • Traction Slide: This validates the company’s business model by showing growth through early sales and support. The slide aims to reduce any lingering fears in potential investors by showing realistic periodic milestones and profit margins. It can include current sales, growth, valuable customers, pre-orders, or data from surveys outlining current consumer interest.
  • Funding Slide: This slide is popularly referred to as ‘the ask'. Here you will include important details like how much is needed to get your business off the ground and how the funding will be spent to help the company reach its goals.
  • Appendix Slides: Your pitch deck appendix should always be included alongside a standard pitch presentation. It consists of additional slides you could not show in the pitch deck but you need to complement your presentation.

It is important to support your calculations with pictorial renditions. Infographics, such as pie charts or bar graphs, will be more effective in presenting the information than just listing numbers. For example, a six-month graph that shows rising profit margins will easily look more impressive than merely writing it.

Lastly, since a pitch deck is primarily used to secure meetings and you may be sharing your pitch with several investors, it is advisable to keep a separate public version that doesn't include financials. Only disclose the one with projections once you have secured a link with an investor.

Advantages of the Business Model Canvas, Lean Canvas, and Startup Pitch Deck over the Traditional Business Plan

  • Time-Saving: Writing a detailed traditional business plan could take weeks or months. On the other hand, all three alternatives can be done in a few days or even one night of brainstorming if you have a comprehensive understanding of your business.
  • Easier to Understand: Since the information presented is almost entirely factual, it puts focus on what is most important in running the business. They cut away the excess pages of fillers in a traditional business plan and allow investors to see what is driving the business and what is getting in the way.
  • Easy to Update: Businesses typically present their business plans to many potential investors before they secure funding. What this means is that you may regularly have to amend your presentation to update statistics or adjust to audience-specific needs. For a traditional business plan, this could mean rewriting a whole section of your plan. For the three alternatives, updating is much easier because they are not voluminous.
  • Guide for a More In-depth Business Plan: All three alternatives have the added benefit of being able to double as a sketch of your business plan if the need to create one arises in the future.

Business Plan FAQ

Business plans are important for any entrepreneur who is looking for a framework to run their company over some time or seeking external support. Although they are essential for new businesses, every company should ideally have a business plan to track their growth from time to time.  They can be used by startups seeking investments or loans to convey their business ideas or an employee to convince his boss of the feasibility of starting a new project. They can also be used by companies seeking to recruit high-profile employee targets into key positions or trying to secure partnerships with other firms.

Business plans often vary depending on your target audience, the scope, and the goals for the plan. Startup plans are the most common among the different types of business plans.  A start-up plan is used by a new business to present all the necessary information to help get the business up and running. They are usually used by entrepreneurs who are seeking funding from investors or bank loans. The established company alternative to a start-up plan is a feasibility plan. A feasibility plan is often used by an established company looking for new business opportunities. They are used to show the upsides of creating a new product for a consumer base. Because the audience is usually company people, it requires less company analysis. The third type of business plan is the lean business plan. A lean business plan is a brief, straight-to-the-point breakdown of your ideas and analysis for your business. It does not contain details of your proposal and can be written on one page. Finally, you have the what-if plan. As it implies, a what-if plan is a preparation for the worst-case scenario. You must always be prepared for the possibility of your original plan being rejected. A good what-if plan will serve as a good plan B to the original.

A good business plan has 10 key components. They include an executive plan, product analysis, desired customer base, company analysis, industry analysis, marketing strategy, sales strategy, financial projection, funding, and appendix. Executive Plan Your business should begin with your executive plan. An executive plan will provide early insight into what you are planning to achieve with your business. It should include your mission statement and highlight some of the important points which you will explain later. Product Analysis The next component of your business plan is your product analysis. A key part of this section is explaining the type of item or service you are going to offer as well as the market problems your product will solve. Desired Consumer Base Your product analysis should be supplemented with a detailed breakdown of your desired consumer base. Investors are always interested in knowing the economic power of your market as well as potential MVP customers. Company Analysis The next component of your business plan is your company analysis. Here, you explain how you want to run your business. It will include your operational strategy, an insight into the workforce needed to keep the company running, and important executive positions. It will also provide a calculation of expected operational costs.  Industry Analysis A good business plan should also contain well laid out industry analysis. It is important to convince potential investors you know the companies you will be competing with, as well as your plans to gain an edge on the competition. Marketing Strategy Your business plan should also include your marketing strategy. This is how you intend to spread awareness of your product. It should include a detailed explanation of the company brand as well as your advertising methods. Sales Strategy Your sales strategy comes after the market strategy. Here you give an overview of your company's pricing strategy and how you aim to maximize profits. You can also explain how your prices will adapt to market behaviors. Financial Projection The financial projection is the next component of your business plan. It explains your company's expected running cost and revenue earned during the tenure of the business plan. Financial projection gives a clear idea of how your company will develop in the future. Funding The next component of your business plan is funding. You have to detail how much external investment you need to get your business idea off the ground here. Appendix The last component of your plan is the appendix. This is where you put licenses, graphs, or key information that does not fit in any of the other components.

The business model canvas is a business management tool used to quickly define your business idea and model. It is often used when investors need you to pitch your business idea during a brief window.

A pitch deck is similar to a business model canvas except that it makes use of slides in its presentation. A pitch is not primarily used to secure funding, rather its main purpose is to entice potential investors by selling a very optimistic outlook on the business.

Business plan competitions help you evaluate the strength of your business plan. By participating in business plan competitions, you are improving your experience. The experience provides you with a degree of validation while practicing important skills. The main motivation for entering into the competitions is often to secure funding by finishing in podium positions. There is also the chance that you may catch the eye of a casual observer outside of the competition. These competitions also provide good networking opportunities. You could meet mentors who will take a keen interest in guiding you in your business journey. You also have the opportunity to meet other entrepreneurs whose ideas can complement yours.

Exlore Further

  • 12 Key Elements of a Business Plan (Top Components Explained)
  • 13 Sources of Business Finance For Companies & Sole Traders
  • 5 Common Types of Business Structures (+ Pros & Cons)
  • How to Buy a Business in 8 Steps (+ Due Diligence Checklist)

Was This Article Helpful?

Martin luenendonk.

' src=

Martin loves entrepreneurship and has helped dozens of entrepreneurs by validating the business idea, finding scalable customer acquisition channels, and building a data-driven organization. During his time working in investment banking, tech startups, and industry-leading companies he gained extensive knowledge in using different software tools to optimize business processes.

This insights and his love for researching SaaS products enables him to provide in-depth, fact-based software reviews to enable software buyers make better decisions.

You might be using an unsupported or outdated browser. To get the best possible experience please use the latest version of Chrome, Firefox, Safari, or Microsoft Edge to view this website.

How To Write A Business Plan (2024 Guide)

Julia Rittenberg

Updated: Apr 17, 2024, 11:59am

How To Write A Business Plan (2024 Guide)

Table of Contents

Brainstorm an executive summary, create a company description, brainstorm your business goals, describe your services or products, conduct market research, create financial plans, bottom line, frequently asked questions.

Every business starts with a vision, which is distilled and communicated through a business plan. In addition to your high-level hopes and dreams, a strong business plan outlines short-term and long-term goals, budget and whatever else you might need to get started. In this guide, we’ll walk you through how to write a business plan that you can stick to and help guide your operations as you get started.

Featured Partners

ZenBusiness

$0 + State Fees

Varies By State & Package

ZenBusiness

On ZenBusiness' Website

Northwest Registered Agent

$39 + State Fees

Northwest Registered Agent

On Northwest Registered Agent's Website

Tailor Brands

$0 + state fee + up to $50 Amazon gift card

Varies by State & Package

Tailor Brands

On Tailor Brands' Website

$0 + State Fee

On Formations' Website

Drafting the Summary

An executive summary is an extremely important first step in your business. You have to be able to put the basic facts of your business in an elevator pitch-style sentence to grab investors’ attention and keep their interest. This should communicate your business’s name, what the products or services you’re selling are and what marketplace you’re entering.

Ask for Help

When drafting the executive summary, you should have a few different options. Enlist a few thought partners to review your executive summary possibilities to determine which one is best.

After you have the executive summary in place, you can work on the company description, which contains more specific information. In the description, you’ll need to include your business’s registered name , your business address and any key employees involved in the business. 

The business description should also include the structure of your business, such as sole proprietorship , limited liability company (LLC) , partnership or corporation. This is the time to specify how much of an ownership stake everyone has in the company. Finally, include a section that outlines the history of the company and how it has evolved over time.

Wherever you are on the business journey, you return to your goals and assess where you are in meeting your in-progress targets and setting new goals to work toward.

Numbers-based Goals

Goals can cover a variety of sections of your business. Financial and profit goals are a given for when you’re establishing your business, but there are other goals to take into account as well with regard to brand awareness and growth. For example, you might want to hit a certain number of followers across social channels or raise your engagement rates.

Another goal could be to attract new investors or find grants if you’re a nonprofit business. If you’re looking to grow, you’ll want to set revenue targets to make that happen as well.

Intangible Goals

Goals unrelated to traceable numbers are important as well. These can include seeing your business’s advertisement reach the general public or receiving a terrific client review. These goals are important for the direction you take your business and the direction you want it to go in the future.

The business plan should have a section that explains the services or products that you’re offering. This is the part where you can also describe how they fit in the current market or are providing something necessary or entirely new. If you have any patents or trademarks, this is where you can include those too.

If you have any visual aids, they should be included here as well. This would also be a good place to include pricing strategy and explain your materials.

This is the part of the business plan where you can explain your expertise and different approach in greater depth. Show how what you’re offering is vital to the market and fills an important gap.

You can also situate your business in your industry and compare it to other ones and how you have a competitive advantage in the marketplace.

Other than financial goals, you want to have a budget and set your planned weekly, monthly and annual spending. There are several different costs to consider, such as operational costs.

Business Operations Costs

Rent for your business is the first big cost to factor into your budget. If your business is remote, the cost that replaces rent will be the software that maintains your virtual operations.

Marketing and sales costs should be next on your list. Devoting money to making sure people know about your business is as important as making sure it functions.

Other Costs

Although you can’t anticipate disasters, there are likely to be unanticipated costs that come up at some point in your business’s existence. It’s important to factor these possible costs into your financial plans so you’re not caught totally unaware.

Business plans are important for businesses of all sizes so that you can define where your business is and where you want it to go. Growing your business requires a vision, and giving yourself a roadmap in the form of a business plan will set you up for success.

How do I write a simple business plan?

When you’re working on a business plan, make sure you have as much information as possible so that you can simplify it to the most relevant information. A simple business plan still needs all of the parts included in this article, but you can be very clear and direct.

What are some common mistakes in a business plan?

The most common mistakes in a business plan are common writing issues like grammar errors or misspellings. It’s important to be clear in your sentence structure and proofread your business plan before sending it to any investors or partners.

What basic items should be included in a business plan?

When writing out a business plan, you want to make sure that you cover everything related to your concept for the business,  an analysis of the industry―including potential customers and an overview of the market for your goods or services―how you plan to execute your vision for the business, how you plan to grow the business if it becomes successful and all financial data around the business, including current cash on hand, potential investors and budget plans for the next few years.

  • Best VPN Services
  • Best Project Management Software
  • Best Web Hosting Services
  • Best Antivirus Software
  • Best LLC Services
  • Best POS Systems
  • Best Business VOIP Services
  • Best Credit Card Processing Companies
  • Best CRM Software for Small Business
  • Best Fleet Management Software
  • Best Business Credit Cards
  • Best Business Loans
  • Best Business Software
  • Best Business Apps
  • Best Free Software For Business
  • How to Start a Business
  • How To Make A Small Business Website
  • How To Trademark A Name
  • What Is An LLC?
  • How To Set Up An LLC In 7 Steps
  • What is Project Management?
  • How To Write An Effective Business Proposal

What Is SNMP? Simple Network Management Protocol Explained

What Is SNMP? Simple Network Management Protocol Explained

AJ Dellinger

What Is A Single-Member LLC? Definition, Pros And Cons

Evan Tarver

What Is Penetration Testing? Definition & Best Practices

Juliana Kenny

What Is Network Access Control (NAC)?

Leeron Hoory

What Is Network Segmentation?

How To Start A Business In Louisiana (2024 Guide)

How To Start A Business In Louisiana (2024 Guide)

Jacqueline Nguyen, Esq.

Julia is a writer in New York and started covering tech and business during the pandemic. She also covers books and the publishing industry.

  • Design for Business
  • Most Recent
  • Presentations
  • Infographics
  • Data Visualizations
  • Forms and Surveys
  • Video & Animation
  • Case Studies
  • Digital Marketing
  • Design Inspiration
  • Visual Thinking
  • Product Updates
  • Visme Webinars
  • Artificial Intelligence

Financial Projection Templates to Help You with Planning

Financial Projection Templates to Help You with Planning

Written by: Raja Mandal

financial projection template

Evaluating your company’s financial performance is great. But planning for the future is just as important.

Sound financial projections give startups and established businesses a significant boost in making informed decisions and preparing for unexpected events. It forecasts estimated cash flow, sales, expenses, profit and other financial results you plan to achieve.

But that’s not all. When seeking funding, financial projections not only validate your business to investors or partners but also convince them of its growth potential.

So, how do you create one? Financial projection templates make the entire process a breeze. In this article, we’ve compiled 14 financial projection templates to simplify your financial planning process and help you make well-informed business decisions.

Table of Contents

What is a financial projection.

  • What Should be Included in Financial Projections?
  • 14 Financial Project Templates to Use

How to Create Financial Projections with Visme

Financial projections faqs.

  • A financial projection is an estimate of future revenue, expenses and profits for a business. It helps decision-makers plan and strategize based on these predicted financial outcomes.
  • The critical elements of a financial projection are the income statements, cash flow and balance sheet.
  • Choose from Visme's financial projection and budget templates , ranging from presentations and reports to tables and dashboards.
  • Customize your templates using Visme's advanced tools and features, like the dynamic fields, brand wizard, collaboration tools and more.
  • Sign up for a free Visme account to create your financial projections easily.

A financial projection is a forecast of a business's future financial performance. It helps you estimate critical financial figures, such as revenues, expenses and profits, over a specific period.

By creating financial projections, business owners can plan, make informed decisions, and prepare for various possibilities. These predictions also act as a roadmap to guide growth, attract investors and estimate profitability.

Therefore, financial projections are necessary to run a business successfully, regardless of size and type.

Here's an example of what a financial projection document looks like and the insights it offers.

Financial Projection Model Table

What Should Be Included in Financial Projections?

When creating a financial projection, there are three main sections you should focus on. These are the income statements, cash flow projections and balance sheet projections.

1. Income Statements

This is the storyteller of your company's performance, focusing on four essential items: revenue, expenses, gains and losses over a specific period. It reflects the results of your business operations and provides insights into whether you are losing or making money.

The income statements display your company's revenue, gross margin, costs, gross profit, taxes paid, marketing and other expenses.

This example shows your projected income statements.

Financial Projections Presentation

2. Cash Flow Projections

Cash flow projections forecast the amount of money expected to come in and go out over a specific period. This report will help you manage your business operations and payments more effectively, especially during negative cash flow.

Additionally, it provides a quick overview of your company's liquidity and short-term financial stability.

General Finance Report

3. Balance Sheet Projections

The balance sheet projection gives you a bird's eye view of your business's financial health. It forecasts your assets, liabilities and equity. By incorporating it into your financial projection, you can predict your financial status, plan for funding requirements and assure stakeholders about the financial stability of your business.

Financial Projections Presentation

RELATED READING: 11 Best Financial Dashboards to Track Sales, KPIs & Metrics

14 Financial Projection Templates

Use these comprehensive templates to analyze and forecast your business's financial future. The templates are fully customizable, ranging from presentations and reports to budgets and tables.

Choose your template wisely and customize it using Visme’s budget planner .

Visme's tools and templates have enabled thousands of businesses across the globe to create valuable documents even with little or no design knowledge.

But don’t just take our word for it. Here's what one of our satisfied users has to say about Visme.

Helene Dunbar and Amanda Aultman

Internal Communications Specialists, HouseCalls

You can read the full case study about How a Communications Team Was Able to Create Visual Content 60% Faster With Visme.

1. Financial Projections Presentation Template

business plan financial tables

This financial projection template is designed to transform your data into meaningful insights. It provides a clear and concise overview of your financial projections, including income statements, balance sheets, assets, liabilities and equity.

The tool offers unique features—such as radial gauges for income statement predictions and a dual chart—that visually illustrate total liabilities and equity. Additionally, the template showcases balance sheet ratios across different countries using an innovative vertical bar graph, providing a global perspective.

Visme's AI presentation maker can help you create professional-looking financial projection presentations in just a few minutes. This advanced tool simplifies the design process and helps you reduce the time spent on presentation design.

Provide your prompt, choose your preferred style, and the tool will generate everything - including the text, images and illustrations.

2. Financial Projections Presentation Modern Template

business plan financial tables

Here's a template that looks similar to the previous one but comes in a different color. However, with Visme, you don't have to restrict yourself to a limited color palette. In the editor, you can use the color wheel to create your own unique colors, apply a specific HEX code or choose from any of the color presets available.

3. Balance Sheet Presentation Template

business plan financial tables

Whether reviewing your company's finances or presenting to stakeholders, this balance sheet presentation template is a great way to show your financial projection.

It's designed with separate slides for different financial aspects, such as assets, liabilities and stockholder equity. The template also separates current and long-term liabilities into distinct slides and tables, making it easy to organize your financial data.

Turn numbers and statistics from your balance sheet into beautiful, meaningful visuals using Visme's data visualization tools . Visme offers 30+ data widgets such as radial gauges, progress bars, population arrays and many others to help you visualize data.

For larger data sets, you can choose from 20+ types of charts and graphs, including bar graphs , line graphs , pie charts and more.

4. Financial Audit Report Template

Financial Audit Report

A well-audited financial report is crucial for financial projections and this template provides a classic way to communicate your findings effectively without drowning in numbers.

This comprehensive template presents asset data, including current and fixed assets and other elements such as income statements, cash flow, liabilities and partners' capital deficits. It displays detailed information in organized tables, with the added clarity of table and bar graphs for income statements.

Using this template makes it easy for you to spot trends and make forecasts in your business finances.

Are you looking for a way to save time on report creation? Visme's AI report writer is the solution you need. Whether you are compiling a quarterly financial summary or an end-of-year financial analysis, the tool guides you through the process.

All you need to do is generate your first draft report using a prompt. Once you've done that, you can choose a style and the tool will generate text, graphics and visuals to match. And if you want to make further tweaks, customize the template until you're happy with the final design.

5. Financial Statements Presentation Template

business plan financial tables

Illustrate your company's financial performance to ensure accuracy for tax, financing or investing purposes using this financial statement presentation template.

This template combats information overload by focusing on key facts, presented with minimal text and maximized data visibility. The creative use of icons and images reinforces information, making it more digestible and engaging. It's the perfect tool to present complex financial figures and estimates in an appealing and easy-to-understand format.

And if you need help writing the content for your financial projection templates, Visme’s AI writer is here to help. It can draft an entire financial statement, create a structure for your presentation and even proofread your text for grammatical or syntax mistakes.

Need to summarize a hefty report? Visme AI Writer can do it. Need persuasive CTAs for your stakeholders? It has you covered. All you need to do is explain what you want the tool to do for you and you're good to go.

6. Financial Analysis Presentation Template

business plan financial tables

The financial analysis presentation template empowers you to create a vivid, compelling narrative about your organization's financial health. It focuses on critical financial elements such as the profit vs. loss landscape, project earning capacity, assets and the operating profitability ratio.

With this template, you can easily translate complex figures into a simplified visual language that anyone can understand. You can quickly and efficiently explain your financial standpoints by examining assets and disclosing your operating profitability ratio.

Apply your brand's visual identity to your financial projection templates easily using Visme's brand design tool .

Simply copy and paste your website URL and the brand wizard will extract your brand colors , brand fonts and company logo from your website. Once saved, anyone from your team can apply your branding elements to any design with a single click.

This will help you establish credibility and reinforce your brand identity while presenting financial insights to stakeholders and team members.

7. Company Finance Report Template

Company Finance Report

The company finance report template simplifies how you analyze your business's finances. It clarifies the amount of money your company has and the amount it owes by breaking down assets and liabilities. It also allows you to compare your expected financial outcomes with the actual results, guiding you to stay on track.

Additionally, it summarizes financial market movements, helping you understand how your company fits into the larger financial landscape. It makes tracking your monthly operational expenses smoother, enabling you to manage costs effectively.

8. Company Financial Budget Template

business plan financial tables

A budget template makes it easy for you to plan and control financial activities in your business.

This company financial budget template helps you navigate the crucial aspects of budgeting, such as salaries, operating expenses and other miscellaneous costs. It strengthens your budgeting process with detailed income statements, ensuring you have a comprehensive view of your cash inflows, outflows and net cash flow.

Use Visme's dynamic fields feature to maintain consistency across all your financial projection documents. Create custom fields such as costs, revenue projections, profit margins or anything else you want.

Whenever you update the information, the tool automatically updates all the other documents or projects containing these fields. This way, you can ensure that your financial projections are always up-to-date and accurate.

9. Company Operating Budget Template

business plan financial tables

Use this template to plan your company's operating budget and create the sales forecast, the crucial elements for financial projections. It provides a detailed revenue and expense expectations plan, enabling you to predict future financial performance, strategically allocate resources and make informed decisions to achieve your financial goals.

It helps you simplify your company's cash flow and guides you toward fiscal targets with precision for upcoming periods or long-term planning.

Creating financial projection documents can be a complex task. It often requires the active collaboration of different members across an organization.

Visme's design collaboration tools can help simplify this process. It brings transparency, efficiency and security to the task.

With Visme, you can share the financial projection template with your team by sending email invitations or sharing a project link. It allows them to leave comments, annotate specific elements and edit the document together.

10. Company Expenses Report Template

Company Expenses Report

Accurate tracking of expenses and smart budgeting are essential for the success of any business. This company expenses report template is designed to be your perfect companion in achieving this. It helps you systematically categorize your major corporate expenses, such as employee, office and marketing.

This template is not just a record of what you spend. It's also a tool to help you identify potential areas where you could better allocate the budget. It highlights sections where the expenditure proves beneficial, deserving more allocation and points out those costs you could cut.

With Visme's workflow management features , customizing your financial project and expense reports templates becomes more efficient and organized. You can assign specific tasks to team members and manage roles, tasks, progress and deadlines in one place.

11. Financial Projection Model Table Consulting Template

Financial Projection Model Table Consulting

Forecasting a company’s financial future is no small task. The financial projection template is a comprehensive yet concise one-pager that provides a data tableau for each year over a specific period.

It features information about debts, liabilities, overdue amounts, assets and a detailed snapshot of your company’s financial status.

This template ensures key stakeholders can quickly grasp your financial standing and predict future trends. Besides the concise presentation, the template can be a valuable tool for strategists and analysts conducting in-depth studies on the company’s financial health.

12. Cash Flow Financial Model Table Template

Cash Flow Financial Model Table Consulting

The cash flow financial model table template is an easy-to-use tool that helps you manage and comprehend your business' finances. This template includes sections for all of your financial activities. It begins with the income earned from sales, grants and refunds.

Then, there is a segment that lists all the expenses of running your business, from buying supplies to paying for advertisements or investing in the growth of your business. All of this data allows you to determine whether you are earning more money than you are spending or the opposite.

13. Monthly Operating Expenses Dashboard Template

Monthly Operating Expenses Dashboard

The monthly operating expenses dashboard template is an invaluable resource for keeping track of your financial activity and budget effectively. This template visually represents your company's monthly expenses, clearly showing expenditures across different categories, such as salaries, utilities and office supplies.

Using this organized and concise dashboard, you can quickly assess your spending, identify cost-saving opportunities and make more informed operational decisions to maintain financial stability.

With Visme's animation and interactivity tools , you can bring your financial projection templates to life.

With these tools, you can create interactive elements such as clickable menus, pop-ups, hover effects and more. You can add animated icons, illustrations and special effects to make the document more engaging.

14. Financial Performance Dashboard Template

Financial Performance Dashboard

With an intuitive and visually appealing layout and bar graphs, this dashboard displays critical financial metrics, including revenue, net profit and cash flow. The dashboard makes it easy for financial analysts to compare the current and previous month's performance and calculate the month-on-month change.

Seamlessly integrate your favorite applications like HubSpot , Salesforce and Mailchimp with Visme. This integration lets you export your charts, graphs and dashboards into third-party platforms for real-time insights into your financial performance.

For instance, you can integrate Salesforce data into your Visme documents to get live sales pipeline data and customer behavior that directly influences your financial projections.

Creating financial projections is straightforward with Visme. Just follow these three simple steps:

Step 1: Login to Visme and Choose Your Template

First things first, head over to the Visme website. If you're new, sign up for an account using your name and email address. If you already have an account, simply log in.

Once you're in, browse through Visme's collection of templates and pick one for financial projections. You’ll find a design that aligns well with your business needs and aesthetics.

Step 2: Customize the Template

The next step is to make that template yours. There are many ways to customize your templates in Visme.

Adjust the numbers/figures

One of the first steps in customizing the template includes adjusting the projected revenue forecasts, expense estimates and other figures. You'll find preset numerical values you can replace with your own to make the document valid for your business.

Modify the company details

Insert your company's name, address, and other details into the template. This will make the template uniquely yours and aid in better business recognition.

Change the fonts and colors

Visme lets you change fonts and colors according to your liking or brand image. You can use Visme's color wheel to create your own colors, copy-paste a HEX code or choose from the color presets.

Also, Visme comes with various fonts and font combinations that you can choose from.

Add or edit graphs and charts

To visualize more extensive data sets, you can choose from 20+ types of charts and graphs . Or, use the data widgets like progress bars, population arrays and radial gauges to visualize smaller data sets.

Edit the existing data visualizations to input your own values just by clicking on them and changing them from the sidebar.

Step 3: Download, Share, or Publish Your Document

After fine-tuning your financial projection, it's time to download and share it . Download your document in formats like PDF, JPG or PNG for offline use.

If you want to share it directly with colleagues or stakeholders online, Visme allows you to generate a shareable link. You can even publish your work online by generating a snippet of code to embed it on your website or landing page.

Q. Why Are Financial Projections Important?

Financial projections are crucial for several reasons:

  • They help businesses establish goals and create a roadmap for achieving them.
  • Projections guide businesses in allocating resources and managing cash flow, ensuring they remain financially stable.
  • They allow businesses to make informed decisions based on their financial outlook, helping them mitigate risks and capitalize on opportunities.
  • Investors and lenders constantly require financial projections to evaluate a business's potential for success, growth and ability to repay loans.
  • Regularly updating and comparing projections with actual financial results can help identify areas where a business is underperforming and needs improvement.

Q. What Are Financial Projections Used for?

Businesses use financial projections for these purposes below

  • Estimate the future financial performance of a business based on historical data and future assumptions
  • Plan and make decisions about budgeting, investments, and overall financial strategy.
  • Identify potential risks and opportunities, and can also be used to attract investors or secure financing.
  • Forecast their financial future and make informed decisions based on that forecast.
  • When a business or individual is planning to start a new venture, launch a new product or service or expand an existing operation.

Q. How to Calculate Financial Projections for Business Plan

To calculate financial projections for a business plan, you will need to estimate the future revenue, expenses and cash flow of your business.

  • Start by creating a sales forecast based on market research and historical sales data.
  • Then, estimate your cost of goods sold, operating expenses, and capital expenditures.
  • Use these estimates to calculate your projected profit and loss statement, balance sheet and cash flow statement.
  • Review and adjust your financial projections regularly as your business evolves and market conditions change.

Q. What Is a 3-Year Financial Projection?

A 3 year financial projection is a document that estimates a company's future financial position based on expected revenues, expenses and cash flow over a three-year period.

Q. How to Do a 3-Year Financial Projection?

Here's how you can make a 3-year financial projection:

  • Sales Projection: Analyze past sales data, observe current market trends, and consider the impact of your potential marketing or strategic initiatives. Use these to forecast your sales for the next three years.
  • Expense Projection: Identify all business costs, including raw materials, labor, marketing, rent, utilities, etc., and gather them over three years. Remember to consider expected inflation or cost increases.
  • Balance Sheet Projection: Project your assets, liabilities and equity for each year based on your sales and expense forecasts.
  • Income Statement Projection: Use your sales and expense projections to estimate yearly net income and sales.
  • Cash Flow Projection: Forecast all cash inflows and outflows and keep track of your closing cash balance at the end of each year. This helps identify when you need additional funding.

Q. Is Financial Projection the Same as Financial Plan?

No, a financial projection is not the same as a financial plan. A financial projection forecasts future revenue and expenses, estimating how much money the company may make or spend. A financial plan is broader; it outlines the business's financial goals and how to achieve them, including savings, investments and budgeting.

Q. Are Financial Forecasts and Financial Projections the Same?

No, though often used interchangeably, financial forecasts and financial projections are not the same. A financial forecast predicts the financial outcomes in the near future based on current conditions and expected short-term trends. In comparison, a financial projection is a calculation that shows what could happen if the business performs in a certain way.

In other words, a forecast is based on current conditions, whereas projections are based on potential scenarios.

Plan, Report & Strategize Finances with Visme

A financial projection is like a weather forecast but for your business! It's your best guess of how much money your business will make (revenues), how much it will spend (expenses), and what will be left after paying everything off (profits) in the future.

Creating financial projections is always challenging and time-consuming. But it's worth the effort to create a financial projection to help you make better decisions about your business.

With Visme, crafting financial projections becomes straightforward. All you need is your financial data, a Visme account, and a few minutes. You can use the financial projection templates provided in this article as a starting point and customize them using Visme’s advanced tools.

Besides financial documents, Visme also helps create various documents for different teams, such as marketing , human resources , training and development , and others. This way, Visme ensures you have all the documents you need to run and grow your business successfully.

Sign up for Visme today and take your financial projections to the next level.

Create beautiful and insightful financial reports with Visme

business plan financial tables

Trusted by leading brands

Capterra

Recommended content for you:

11 SBAR Templates for Every Medical, Business & Project Needs

Create Stunning Content!

Design visual brand experiences for your business whether you are a seasoned designer or a total novice.

business plan financial tables

About the Author

Raja Antony Mandal is a Content Writer at Visme. He can quickly adapt to different writing styles, possess strong research skills, and know SEO fundamentals. Raja wants to share valuable information with his audience by telling captivating stories in his articles. He wants to travel and party a lot on the weekends, but his guitar, drum set, and volleyball court don’t let him.

business plan financial tables

Finance Strategists Logo

  • Creating a Small Business Financial Plan

true-tamplin_2x_mam3b7

Written by True Tamplin, BSc, CEPF®

Reviewed by subject matter experts.

Updated on September 02, 2023

Are You Retirement Ready?

Table of contents, financial plan overview.

A financial plan is a comprehensive document that charts a business's monetary objectives and the strategies to achieve them. It encapsulates everything from budgeting and forecasting to investments and resource allocation.

For small businesses, a solid financial plan provides direction, helping them navigate economic challenges, capitalize on opportunities, and ensure sustainable growth.

The strength of a financial plan lies in its ability to offer a clear roadmap for businesses.

Especially for small businesses that may not have a vast reserve of resources, prioritizing financial goals and understanding where every dollar goes can be the difference between growth and stagnation.

It lends clarity, ensures informed decision-making, and sets the stage for profitability and success.

Understanding the Basics of Financial Planning for Small Businesses

Role of financial planning in business success.

Financial planning is the backbone of any successful business endeavor. It serves as a compass, guiding businesses toward profitability, stability, and growth.

With proper financial planning, businesses can anticipate potential cash shortfalls, make informed investment decisions, and ensure they have the capital needed to seize new opportunities.

For small businesses, in particular, tight financial planning can mean the difference between thriving and shuttering. Given the limited resources, it's vital to maximize every dollar and anticipate financial challenges.

Through diligent planning, small businesses can position themselves competitively, adapt to market changes, and drive consistent growth.

Core Components of a Financial Plan for Small Businesses

Every financial plan comprises several core components that, together, provide a holistic view of a business's financial health and direction. These include setting clear objectives, estimating costs , preparing financial statements , and considering sources of financing.

Each component plays a pivotal role in ensuring a thorough and actionable financial strategy .

For small businesses, these components often need a more granular approach. Given the scale of operations, even minor financial missteps can have significant repercussions.

As such, it's essential to tailor each component, ensuring they address specific challenges and opportunities that small businesses face, from initial startup costs to revenue forecasting and budgetary constraints.

Setting Clear Small Business Financial Objectives

Identifying business's short-term and long-term financial goals.

Every business venture starts with a vision. Translating this vision into actionable financial goals is the essence of effective planning.

Short-term goals could range from securing initial funding and achieving a set monthly revenue to covering startup costs. These targets, usually spanning a year or less, set the immediate direction for the business.

On the other hand, long-term financial goals delve into the broader horizon. They might encompass aspirations like expanding to new locations, diversifying product lines, or achieving a specific market share within a decade.

By segmenting goals into short-term and long-term, businesses can craft a step-by-step strategy, making the larger vision more attainable and manageable.

Understanding the Difference Between Profitability and Cash Flow

Profitability and cash flow, while closely linked, are distinct concepts in the financial realm. Profitability pertains to the ability of a business to generate a surplus after deducting all expenses.

It's a metric of success and indicates the viability of a business model . Simply put, it answers whether a business is making more than it spends.

In contrast, cash flow represents the inflow and outflow of cash within a business. A company might be profitable on paper yet struggle with cash flow if, for instance, clients delay payments or unexpected expenses arise.

For small businesses, maintaining positive cash flow is paramount. It ensures that they can cover operational costs, pay employees, and reinvest in growth, even if they're awaiting payments or navigating financial hiccups.

Estimating Small Business Startup Costs (for New Businesses)

Fixed vs variable costs.

When embarking on a new business venture, understanding costs is paramount. Fixed costs remain consistent regardless of production levels. They include expenses like rent, salaries, and insurance . These are predictable outlays that don't fluctuate with business performance.

Variable costs , conversely, change in direct proportion to production or business activity. Think of costs associated with materials for manufacturing or commission for sales .

For a startup, delineating between fixed and variable costs aids in crafting a more dynamic budget, allowing for adaptability as the business scales and evolves.

One-Time Expenditures vs Ongoing Expenses

Startups often grapple with numerous upfront costs. From purchasing equipment and setting up a workspace to initial marketing campaigns, these one-time expenditures lay the foundation for business operations.

They differ from ongoing expenses like utility bills, raw materials, or employee wages that recur monthly or annually.

For a small business owner, distinguishing between these costs is critical. One-time expenditures often demand a larger chunk of initial capital, while ongoing expenses shape the monthly and annual budget.

By categorizing them separately, businesses can strategize funding needs more effectively, ensuring they're equipped to meet both immediate and recurrent financial obligations.

Funding Sources for Small Businesses

Personal savings.

This is often the most straightforward way to fund a startup. Entrepreneurs tap into their personal savings accounts to jumpstart their business.

While this method has the benefit of not incurring debt or diluting company ownership, it intertwines the individual's personal financial security with the business's fate.

The entrepreneur must be prepared for potential losses, and there's the evident psychological strain of putting one's hard-earned money on the line.

Loans can be sourced from various institutions, from traditional banks to credit unions . They offer a substantial sum of money that can be paid back over time, usually with interest .

The main advantage of taking a loan is that the entrepreneur retains full ownership and control of the business.

However, there's the obligation of monthly repayments, which can strain a business's cash flow, especially in its early days. Additionally, securing a loan often requires collateral and a sound credit history.

Investors, including angel investors and venture capitalists , offer capital in exchange for equity or a stake in the company.

Angel investors are typically high-net-worth individuals who provide funding in the initial stages, while venture capitalists come in when there's proven business potential, often injecting larger sums. The advantage is substantial funding without the immediate pressure of repayments.

However, in exchange for their investment, they often seek a say in business decisions, which might mean compromising on some aspects of the original business vision.

Grants are essentially 'free money' often provided by government programs, non-profit organizations, or corporations to promote innovation and support businesses in specific sectors.

The primary advantage of grants is that they don't need to be repaid, nor do they dilute company ownership. However, they can be highly competitive and might come with stipulations on how the funds should be used.

Moreover, the application process can be lengthy and requires showcasing the business's potential or alignment with the specific goals or missions of the granting institution.

Funding Sources for Small Businesses

Preparing Key Financial Statements for Small Businesses

Income statement (profit & loss).

An Income Statement , often termed as the Profit & Loss statement , showcases a business's financial performance over a specific time frame. It details revenues , expenses, and ultimately, profits or losses.

By analyzing this statement, business owners can pinpoint revenue drivers, identify exorbitant costs, and understand the net result of their operations.

For small businesses, this document is instrumental in making informed decisions. For instance, if a certain product line is consistently unprofitable, it might be prudent to discontinue it. Conversely, if another segment is thriving, it might warrant further investment.

The Income Statement, thus, serves as a financial mirror, reflecting the outcomes of business strategies and decisions.

Balance Sheet

The Balance Sheet offers a snapshot of a company's assets , liabilities , and equity at a specific point in time.

Assets include everything the business owns, from physical items like equipment to intangible assets like patents .

Liabilities, on the other hand, encompass what the company owes, be it bank loans or unpaid bills.

Equity represents the owner's stake in the business, calculated as assets minus liabilities.

This statement is crucial for small businesses as it offers insights into their financial health. A robust asset base, minimal liabilities, and growing equity signify a thriving enterprise.

In contrast, mounting liabilities or dwindling assets could be red flags, signaling the need for intervention and strategy recalibration.

Cash Flow Statement

While the Income Statement reveals profitability, the Cash Flow Statement tracks the actual movement of money.

It categorizes cash flows into operating (day-to-day business), investing (buying/selling assets), and financing (loans or equity transactions) activities. This statement unveils the liquidity of a business, indicating whether it has sufficient cash to meet immediate obligations.

For small businesses, maintaining positive cash flow is often more vital than showcasing profitability.

After all, a business might be profitable on paper yet struggle if clients delay payments or unforeseen expenses emerge.

By regularly reviewing the Cash Flow Statement, small business owners can anticipate cash crunches and strategize accordingly, ensuring seamless operations irrespective of revenue cycles.

Preparing Key Financial Statements for Small Businesses

Small Business Budgeting and Expense Management

Importance of budgeting for a small business.

Budgeting is the financial blueprint for any business, detailing anticipated revenues and expenses for a forthcoming period. It's a proactive approach, enabling businesses to allocate resources efficiently, plan for investments, and prepare for potential financial challenges.

For small businesses, a meticulous budget is often the linchpin of stability, ensuring they operate within their means and avoid financial pitfalls.

Having a well-defined budget also fosters discipline. It curtails frivolous spending, emphasizes cost-efficiency, and sets clear financial boundaries.

For small businesses, where every dollar counts, a stringent budget is the gateway to financial prudence, ensuring that funds are utilized judiciously, fostering growth, and minimizing wastage.

Strategies for Reducing Costs and Optimizing Expenses

Bulk purchasing.

When businesses buy supplies in large quantities, they often benefit from discounts due to economies of scale . This can significantly reduce per-unit costs.

However, while bulk purchasing leads to immediate savings, businesses must ensure they have adequate storage and that the products won't expire or become obsolete before they're used.

Renegotiating Vendor Contracts

Regularly reviewing and renegotiating contracts with suppliers or service providers can lead to better terms and lower costs. This might involve exploring volume discounts, longer payment terms, or even bartering services.

Building strong relationships with vendors often paves the way for such negotiations.

Adopting Energy-Saving Measures

Simple changes, like switching to LED lighting or investing in energy-efficient appliances, can lead to long-term savings in utility bills. Moreover, energy conservation not only reduces costs but also minimizes the environmental footprint, which can enhance the business's reputation.

Embracing Technology

Modern software and technology can streamline business processes. Automation tools can handle repetitive tasks, reducing labor costs.

Meanwhile, data analytics tools can provide insights into customer preferences and behavior, ensuring that marketing budgets are used effectively and target the right audience.

Streamlining Operations

Regularly reviewing and refining business processes can eliminate redundancies and improve efficiency. This might mean merging roles, cutting down on unnecessary meetings, or simplifying supply chains. A leaner operation often translates to reduced expenses.

Outsourcing Non-core Tasks

Instead of maintaining an in-house team for every function, businesses can outsource tasks that aren't central to their operations.

For instance, functions like accounting , IT support, or digital marketing can be outsourced to specialized agencies, often leading to cost savings and access to expert skills.

Cultivating a Culture of Frugality

Encouraging employees to adopt a cost-conscious mindset can lead to collective savings. This can be fostered through incentives, regular training, or even simple practices like recycling and reusing office supplies.

When everyone in the organization is attuned to the importance of cost savings, the cumulative effect can be substantial.

Strategies for Reducing Costs and Optimizing Expenses in a Small Business

Forecasting Small Business Revenue and Cash Flow

Techniques for predicting future sales in a small business, past sales data analysis.

Historical sales data is a foundational element in any forecasting effort. By reviewing previous sales figures, businesses can identify patterns, understand seasonal fluctuations, and recognize the effects of past initiatives.

This information offers a baseline upon which to build future projections, accounting for known recurring variables in the business cycle .

Market Research

Understanding the larger market dynamics is crucial for accurate forecasting. This involves tracking industry trends, monitoring shifts in consumer behavior, and being aware of potential market disruptions.

For instance, a sudden technological advancement can change consumer preferences or regulatory changes might impact an industry.

Local Trend Analysis

For small businesses, localized insights can be especially impactful. Observing local competitors, understanding regional consumer preferences, or noting shifts in the local economy can offer precise data points.

These granular details, when integrated into a larger forecasting model, can enhance prediction accuracy.

Customer Feedback

Direct feedback from customers is an invaluable source of insights. Surveys, focus groups, or even informal chats can reveal customer sentiments, preferences, and potential future purchasing behavior.

For instance, if a majority of loyal customers express interest in a new product or service, it can be indicative of future sales potential.

Moving Averages

This technique involves analyzing a series of data points (like monthly sales) by creating averages from different subsets of the full data set.

For yearly forecasting, a 12-month moving average can be used to smooth out short-term fluctuations and highlight longer-term trends or cycles.

Regression Analysis

Regression analysis is a statistical tool used to identify relationships between variables. In sales forecasting, it can help understand how different factors (like marketing spend, seasonal variations, or competitor actions) relate to sales figures.

Once these relationships are understood, businesses can predict future sales based on planned actions or expected external events.

Techniques for Predicting Future Sales in a Small Business

Understanding the Cash Cycle of Business

The cash cycle encompasses the time it takes for a business to convert resource investments, often in the form of inventory, back into cash.

This involves the processes of purchasing inventory, selling it, and subsequently collecting payment. A shorter cycle implies quicker cash turnarounds, which are vital for liquidity.

For small businesses, a firm grasp of the cash cycle can aid in managing cash flow more effectively.

By identifying bottlenecks or delays, businesses can strategize to expedite processes. This might involve renegotiating payment terms with suppliers, offering discounts for prompt customer payments, or optimizing inventory levels to prevent overstocking.

Ultimately, understanding and optimizing the cash cycle ensures that a business remains liquid and agile.

Preparing for Seasonality and Unexpected Changes

Seasonality affects many businesses, from the ice cream vendor witnessing summer surges to the retailer bracing for holiday shopping frenzies.

By analyzing historical data and market trends, businesses can prepare for these cyclical shifts, ensuring they stock up, staff appropriately, and market effectively.

Small businesses, often operating on tighter margins , need to be especially vigilant. Beyond seasonality, they must also brace for unexpected changes – a local construction project obstructing store access, a sudden competitor emergence, or unforeseen regulatory changes.

Building a financial buffer, diversifying product or service lines, and maintaining flexible operational strategies can equip small businesses to weather these unforeseen challenges with resilience.

Securing Small Business Financing and Capital

Role of debt and equity financing.

When businesses seek external funding, they often grapple with the debt vs. equity conundrum. Debt financing involves borrowing money, typically via loans. While it doesn't dilute ownership, it necessitates regular interest payments, potentially impacting cash flow.

Equity financing, on the other hand, entails selling a stake in the business to investors. It might not demand regular repayments, but it dilutes ownership and might influence business decisions.

Small businesses must weigh these options carefully. While loans offer a structured repayment plan and retained control, they might strain finances if the business hits a rough patch.

Equity financing, although relinquishing some control, might bring aboard strategic partners, offering expertise and networks in addition to funds.

The optimal choice hinges on the business's financial health, growth aspirations, and the founder's comfort with sharing control.

Choosing Between Different Types of Loans

A staple in the lending arena, term loans offer businesses a fixed amount of capital that is paid back over a specified period with interest. They're often used for significant one-time expenses, such as purchasing machinery, real estate , or even business expansion.

With predictable monthly payments, businesses can plan their budgets accordingly. However, they might require collateral and a robust credit history for approval.

Lines of Credit

Unlike term loans that provide funds in a lump sum, a line of credit grants businesses access to a pool of funds up to a certain limit.

Businesses can draw from this line as needed, only paying interest on the amount they use. This makes it a versatile tool, especially for managing cash flow fluctuations or unexpected expenses. It serves as a financial safety net, ready for use whenever required.

As the name suggests, microloans are smaller loans designed to cater to businesses that might not need substantial amounts of capital. They're particularly beneficial for startups, businesses with limited credit histories, or those in need of a quick, small financial boost.

Since they are of a smaller denomination, the approval process might be more lenient than traditional loans.

Peer-To-Peer Lending

A contemporary twist to the traditional lending model, peer-to-peer (P2P) platforms connect borrowers directly with individual lenders or investor groups.

This direct model often translates to quicker approvals and competitive interest rates as the overheads of traditional banking structures are removed. With technology at its core, P2P lending can offer a more user-friendly, streamlined process.

However, creditworthiness still plays a pivotal role in determining interest rates and loan amounts.

Crowdfunding and Alternative Financing Options

In an increasingly digital age, crowdfunding platforms like Kickstarter or Indiegogo have emerged as viable financing avenues.

These platforms enable businesses to raise small amounts from a large number of people, often in exchange for product discounts, early access, or other perks. This not only secures funds but also validates the business idea and fosters a community of supporters.

Other alternatives include invoice financing, where businesses get an advance on pending invoices, or merchant cash advances tailored for businesses with significant credit card sales.

Each financing mode offers unique advantages and constraints. Small businesses must meticulously evaluate their financial landscape, growth trajectories, and risk appetite to harness the most suitable option.

Small Business Tax Planning and Management

Basic tax obligations for small businesses.

Navigating the maze of taxation can be daunting, especially for small businesses. Yet, understanding and fulfilling tax obligations is crucial.

Depending on the business structure—whether sole proprietorship , partnership , LLC , or corporation—different tax rules apply. For instance, while corporations are taxed on their earnings, sole proprietors report business income and expenses on their personal tax returns.

In addition to income taxes, small businesses may also be responsible for employment taxes if they have employees. This covers Social Security , Medicare , federal unemployment, and sometimes state-specific taxes.

There might also be sales taxes, property taxes, or special state-specific levies to consider.

Consistently maintaining accurate financial records, being aware of filing deadlines, and setting aside funds for tax obligations are essential practices to avoid penalties and ensure compliance.

Advantages of Tax Planning and Potential Deductions

Tax planning is the strategic approach to minimizing tax liability through the best use of available allowances, deductions, exclusions, and breaks.

For small businesses, effective tax planning can lead to significant savings.

This might involve strategies like deferring income to a later tax year, choosing the optimal time to purchase equipment, or taking advantage of specific credits available to businesses in certain sectors or regions.

Several potential deductions can reduce taxable income for small businesses. These include expenses like rent, utilities, business travel, employee wages, and even certain meals.

By keeping abreast of tax law changes and actively seeking out eligible deductions, small businesses can optimize their financial landscape, ensuring they're not paying more in taxes than necessary.

Importance of Hiring a Tax Professional or Accountant

While it's feasible for small business owners to manage their taxes, the intricate nuances of tax laws make it beneficial to consult professionals.

An experienced accountant or tax consultant can not only ensure compliance but can proactively recommend strategies to reduce tax liability.

They can guide businesses on issues like whether to classify someone as an employee or a contractor, how to structure the business for optimal taxation, or when to make certain capital investments.

Beyond just annual tax filing, these professionals offer year-round counsel, helping businesses maintain clean financial records, stay updated on tax law changes, and plan for future financial moves.

The investment in professional advice often pays dividends , saving businesses from costly mistakes, penalties, or missed financial opportunities.

Regularly Reviewing and Adjusting the Small Business Financial Plan

Setting checkpoints and milestones.

Like any strategic blueprint, a financial plan isn't static. It serves as a guiding framework but should be flexible enough to adapt to evolving business realities.

Setting regular checkpoints— quarterly , half-yearly, or annually—can help businesses assess whether they're on track to meet their financial objectives.

Milestones, such as reaching a specific sales target, launching a new product, or expanding into a new market, offer tangible markers of progress. Celebrating these victories can bolster morale, while any shortfalls can serve as lessons, prompting strategy tweaks. F

or small businesses, where agility is an asset, regularly revisiting the financial plan ensures that the business remains aligned with its overarching financial goals while being responsive to the dynamic marketplace.

Using Financial Ratios to Monitor Business Health

Financial ratios offer a distilled snapshot of a business's health. Ratios like the current ratio ( current assets divided by current liabilities ) can shed light on liquidity, indicating whether a business can meet short-term obligations.

The debt-to-equity ratio , contrasting borrowed funds with owner's equity, offers insights into the business's leverage and potential financial risk.

Profit margin , depicting profitability relative to sales, can highlight operational efficiency. By consistently monitoring these and other pertinent ratios, small businesses can glean actionable insights, understanding their financial strengths and areas needing attention.

In a realm where early intervention can stave off major financial setbacks, these ratios serve as vital diagnostic tools, guiding informed decision-making.

Pivoting Strategies Based on Financial Performance

In the ever-evolving world of business, flexibility is paramount. If financial reviews indicate that certain strategies aren't yielding anticipated results, it might be time to pivot.

This could involve tweaking product offerings, revising pricing strategies, targeting a different customer segment, or even overhauling the business model.

For small businesses, the ability to pivot can be a lifeline. It allows them to respond swiftly to market changes, customer feedback, or internal challenges.

A robust financial plan, while offering direction, should also be pliable, accommodating shifts in strategy based on real-world performance. After all, in the business arena, adaptability often spells the difference between stagnation and growth.

Creating a Small Business Financial Plan

Bottom Line

Financial foresight is integral for the stability and growth of small businesses. Effective revenue and cash flow forecasting, anchored by historical sales data and enhanced by market research, local trends, and customer feedback, ensures businesses are prepared for future demands.

With the unpredictability of the business environment, understanding the cash cycle and preparing for unforeseen challenges is essential.

As businesses contemplate external financing, the decision between debt and equity and the myriad of loan types, should be made judiciously, keeping in mind the business's health, growth aspirations, and risk appetite.

Furthermore, diligent tax planning, with professional guidance, can lead to significant financial benefits. Regular reviews using financial ratios allow businesses to gauge their performance, adapt strategies, and pivot when necessary.

Ultimately, the agility to adapt, guided by a well-structured financial plan, is pivotal for businesses to thrive in a dynamic marketplace.

Creating a Small Business Financial Plan FAQs

What is the importance of a financial plan for small businesses.

A financial plan offers a structured roadmap, guiding businesses in making informed decisions, ensuring growth, and navigating financial challenges.

How do forecasting revenue and understanding cash cycles aid in financial planning?

Forecasting provides insights into expected income, aiding in budget allocation, while understanding cash cycles ensures effective liquidity management.

What are the core components of a financial plan for small businesses?

Core components include setting objectives, estimating startup costs, preparing financial statements, budgeting, forecasting, securing financing, and tax management.

Why is tax planning vital for small businesses?

Tax planning ensures compliance, optimizes tax liabilities through available deductions, and helps businesses save money and avoid penalties.

How often should a small business review its financial plan?

Regular reviews, ideally quarterly or half-yearly, ensure alignment with business goals and allow for strategy adjustments based on real-world performance.

About the Author

True Tamplin, BSc, CEPF®

True Tamplin is a published author, public speaker, CEO of UpDigital, and founder of Finance Strategists.

True is a Certified Educator in Personal Finance (CEPF®), author of The Handy Financial Ratios Guide , a member of the Society for Advancing Business Editing and Writing, contributes to his financial education site, Finance Strategists, and has spoken to various financial communities such as the CFA Institute, as well as university students like his Alma mater, Biola University , where he received a bachelor of science in business and data analytics.

To learn more about True, visit his personal website or view his author profiles on Amazon , Nasdaq and Forbes .

Related Topics

  • Average Cost of a Certified Financial Planner
  • Benefits of Having a Financial Planner
  • Cash Flow Management
  • Charitable Financial Planning
  • Debt Reduction Strategies
  • Disadvantages of Not Having a Financial Plan
  • Divorce Financial Planning
  • Education Planning
  • Fee-Only Financial Planning
  • Financial Contingency Planning
  • Financial Planner Fee Structure
  • Financial Planner for Retirement
  • Financial Planning Pyramid
  • Financial Planning Tips
  • Financial Planning and Analysis
  • Financial Planning and Investment
  • Financial Planning for Allied Health Professionals
  • Financial Planning for Married Couples
  • Financial Planning for Military Families
  • Financial Planning for Retirement
  • Financial Planning for Startups
  • Financial Planning in Your 20s
  • Financial Planning vs Budgeting
  • Financial Tips for Young Adults
  • How to Build a 5-Year Financial Plan
  • Limitations of Financial Planning
  • Military Spouse Financial Planning
  • The Function of a Financial Planner
  • When Do You Need a Financial Planner?

Ask a Financial Professional Any Question

Meet top certified financial advisors near you, our recommended advisors.

Claudia-Valladares2

Claudia Valladares

WHY WE RECOMMEND:

Fee-Only Financial Advisor Show explanation

Bilingual in english / spanish, founder of wisedollarmom.com, quoted in gobanking rates, yahoo finance & forbes.

IDEAL CLIENTS:

Retirees, Immigrants & Sudden Wealth / Inheritance

Retirement Planning, Personal finance, Goals-based Planning & Community Impact

TK-Headshot-copy-2-Taylor-Kovar-True-Tamplin

Taylor Kovar, CFP®

Certified financial planner™, 3x investopedia top 100 advisor, author of the 5 money personalities & keynote speaker.

Business Owners, Executives & Medical Professionals

Strategic Planning, Alternative Investments, Stock Options & Wealth Preservation

We use cookies to ensure that we give you the best experience on our website. If you continue to use this site we will assume that you are happy with it.

Fact Checked

At Finance Strategists, we partner with financial experts to ensure the accuracy of our financial content.

Our team of reviewers are established professionals with decades of experience in areas of personal finance and hold many advanced degrees and certifications.

They regularly contribute to top tier financial publications, such as The Wall Street Journal, U.S. News & World Report, Reuters, Morning Star, Yahoo Finance, Bloomberg, Marketwatch, Investopedia, TheStreet.com, Motley Fool, CNBC, and many others.

This team of experts helps Finance Strategists maintain the highest level of accuracy and professionalism possible.

Why You Can Trust Finance Strategists

Finance Strategists is a leading financial education organization that connects people with financial professionals, priding itself on providing accurate and reliable financial information to millions of readers each year.

We follow strict ethical journalism practices, which includes presenting unbiased information and citing reliable, attributed resources.

Our goal is to deliver the most understandable and comprehensive explanations of financial topics using simple writing complemented by helpful graphics and animation videos.

Our writing and editorial staff are a team of experts holding advanced financial designations and have written for most major financial media publications. Our work has been directly cited by organizations including Entrepreneur, Business Insider, Investopedia, Forbes, CNBC, and many others.

Our mission is to empower readers with the most factual and reliable financial information possible to help them make informed decisions for their individual needs.

How It Works

Step 1 of 3, ask any financial question.

Ask a question about your financial situation providing as much detail as possible. Your information is kept secure and not shared unless you specify.

Create-a-Free-Account-and-Ask-Any-Financial-Question2

Step 2 of 3

Our team will connect you with a vetted, trusted professional.

Someone on our team will connect you with a financial professional in our network holding the correct designation and expertise.

Our-Team-Will-Connect-You-With-a-Vetted-Trusted-Professional

Step 3 of 3

Get your questions answered and book a free call if necessary.

A financial professional will offer guidance based on the information provided and offer a no-obligation call to better understand your situation.

Get-Your-Question-Answered-and-Book-a-Free-Call-if-Necessary2

Where Should We Send Your Answer?

Question-Submitted2

Just a Few More Details

We need just a bit more info from you to direct your question to the right person.

Tell Us More About Yourself

Is there any other context you can provide.

Pro tip: Professionals are more likely to answer questions when background and context is given. The more details you provide, the faster and more thorough reply you'll receive.

What is your age?

Are you married, do you own your home.

  • Owned outright
  • Owned with a mortgage

Do you have any children under 18?

  • Yes, 3 or more

What is the approximate value of your cash savings and other investments?

  • $50k - $250k
  • $250k - $1m

Pro tip: A portfolio often becomes more complicated when it has more investable assets. Please answer this question to help us connect you with the right professional.

Would you prefer to work with a financial professional remotely or in-person?

  • I would prefer remote (video call, etc.)
  • I would prefer in-person
  • I don't mind, either are fine

What's your zip code?

  • I'm not in the U.S.

Submit to get your question answered.

A financial professional will be in touch to help you shortly.

entrepreneur

Part 1: Tell Us More About Yourself

Do you own a business, which activity is most important to you during retirement.

  • Giving back / charity
  • Spending time with family and friends
  • Pursuing hobbies

Part 2: Your Current Nest Egg

Part 3: confidence going into retirement, how comfortable are you with investing.

  • Very comfortable
  • Somewhat comfortable
  • Not comfortable at all

How confident are you in your long term financial plan?

  • Very confident
  • Somewhat confident
  • Not confident / I don't have a plan

What is your risk tolerance?

How much are you saving for retirement each month.

  • None currently
  • Minimal: $50 - $200
  • Steady Saver: $200 - $500
  • Serious Planner: $500 - $1,000
  • Aggressive Saver: $1,000+

How much will you need each month during retirement?

  • Bare Necessities: $1,500 - $2,500
  • Moderate Comfort: $2,500 - $3,500
  • Comfortable Lifestyle: $3,500 - $5,500
  • Affluent Living: $5,500 - $8,000
  • Luxury Lifestyle: $8,000+

Part 4: Getting Your Retirement Ready

What is your current financial priority.

  • Getting out of debt
  • Growing my wealth
  • Protecting my wealth

Do you already work with a financial advisor?

Which of these is most important for your financial advisor to have.

  • Tax planning expertise
  • Investment management expertise
  • Estate planning expertise
  • None of the above

Where should we send your answer?

Submit to get your retirement-readiness report., get in touch with, great the financial professional will get back to you soon., where should we send the downloadable file, great hit “submit” and an advisor will send you the guide shortly., create a free account and ask any financial question, learn at your own pace with our free courses.

Take self-paced courses to master the fundamentals of finance and connect with like-minded individuals.

Get Started

To ensure one vote per person, please include the following info, great thank you for voting., get in touch with a financial advisor, submit your info below and someone will get back to you shortly..

Entrepreneurs Gateway

The 5 (MUST HAVE) Elements of a Successful Financial Plan

The (step by step) guide of what to include in your financial business plan.

  • EntrepreneursGateway.com Team
  • November 4, 2018

business plan financial tables

#1 The Financial Plan 'Must Haves'

No need to be a financial guru or an accountant to include a financial plan.

Ready to start?

In this article, we’ll provide you with a complete breakdown of what needs to be included in your financial section.

The good news is:

You don’t have to be a financial Guru or an accountant to include a Financial Plan!

By following our steps, you will be able to understand the financial section of your plan, present it with confidence…

And keep a close eye on your bottom line!

business plan financial tables

This article is part of the Business Planning Hub , where you’ll find lots of guides and resources to help you create the perfect business plan!

Table of Contents

business plan financial tables

I know that the financial plan can feel like the most intimidating part of putting a business plan together.

Like many other business owners, you may not have a degree in accounting or have gone to business school.

Well, this article will teach you all there is to know about the financial element of your business plan, as well as showing you what you need to include!

Ready? Let’s go.

business plan financial tables

Getting started

To start with, if you are looking for funding, you need to include the following information :

  • The current funding requirement.
  • Any funding that may be required over the next five years.
  • An outline of what you need funding for exactly – such as capital expenditure, debt retirement, acquisitions, working capital… Whatever that is, you must list it in this section.
  • Future strategical plans for the business. This is an extremely important factor for a potential future creditor, as it will impact your ability to be able to ensure repayment of the loan. This could include a buyout, a debt repayment plan, selling the business or being taken over.

business plan financial tables

When putting together a funding requirement, you must include what amount is necessary at the present time and what amount will be required in the future . Outline the terms that would be favorable, along with the type of funding (e.g., debt, equity) and the time period that it will apply to.

Historical and prospective financial information will also be required, which moves on to the next part of the plan which is financial projections.

Financial Projections

Before tackling the financial projections, the required market needs to be analyzed thoroughly. This enables the objectives to be set out clearly and in an organized fashion.

Resources can then be allocated efficiently, which demonstrates a good thought process. 

When putting together a business plan package there are essential financial statements which must be included; these are as follows:

business plan financial tables

Historical Financial Data   

For those who own an established business, it will be necessary to provide an outline of the company’s historical performance . How long the company has been in business for will impact what amount of data is required. Usually, creditors will ask for three to five years.

Included in the financial data will be balance sheets , the company’s income statements , along with cash flow statements for each year that the company has been trading (usually three to five years will suffice).

Another factor that will be of interest to a creditor will be any collateral within the business that can be used to secure the loan, irrespective of the stage that the business is at.

business plan financial tables

Financial Forecast Data     

Whether a business is in the start-up phase or is continually growing, it will be necessary to provide the future forecasted financial data . Generally, a creditor will want to see what direction the company will be moving in within the next five years.

All five years’ projections should include balance sheets , cash flow statements , capital expenditure budgets , and forecasted income statements . 

The first year’s projections will be more detailed , and forecasts should be on a monthly or quarterly basis. For years two through to five projections can be quarterly or yearly.

It is important that the projected forecasts match the funding required . Potential creditors will be looking out for any inconsistencies.

Any assumptions that have been made within the projections should be justified and summarised so that a potential creditor will not be left with any niggling doubts.

The final section of the financial projections should include a brief summary of all the overall financial information given. This can be illustrated with graphs which could include ratio and trend analysis’.

Don't be one of the 28% of businesses to go bankrupt due to financial problems! Check out The Ultimate Business Planning Guide Tweet

#2. Cash Flow Statement

This is also referred to as a ‘ statement of cash flows ’ and gives you an indication of the amount of cash that has come in, how much cash has been paid out, and what cash is left at the end (typically per month).

A word of warning…

This sounds like your sales, your expenses, and your profits…

business plan financial tables

Say, you were to invoice a client and they didn’t pay by the date it was due. What happens if you’re late paying your own bills?

These aren’t shown in your Income Statement , but will be shown in the cash flow statement .

This statement is just as important as any other statement. Your business needs cash to survive!

You will have a tough time if you are not sure how much cash is in the bank, where the cash is coming from, or going to, and when!

Your cash flow statement lays all of this out. A business plan is not complete without one. And, unless you can lay out this information for your investors to see, they won’t be lending you anything!

business plan financial tables

Having a thorough understanding of just how much cash your business has, where it comes from, and where it’s going ensures you’ll have a healthy business. Your cash flow statement outlines the difference with what your income statement shows as income (this is your profit) and the actual CASH position of the business.

A business can still be profitable but not have sufficient cash in the bank to pay any expenses.

It is also possible for a business NOT to be profitable, and yet still have cash in the bank for many months, which then gives you a bit more time for you to turn the business around.

This is why it is critical that you understand your financial statement.

Understanding accrual accounting…

business plan financial tables

In accounting, there are two methods .

Cash Method of Accounting:

This is where you account just your sales and expenses when they happen. You don’t necessarily worry about matching your expenses to a sale (or vice-versa).

Accrual Method of Accounting:

This is where you account for both your sales and expenses in tandem. For example, you get a large pre-order for one of your products. You would hold off accounting for all of the pre-order sales revenue until you had started to manufacture and deliver the product.

business plan financial tables

When you match revenue with its related expenses, it’s known as the ‘matching principle’ . This is what accrual accounting is all about.

Using the cash method means that your cash flow and your profit and loss statement will be very similar.

Yet, the accrual method gives a much better idea of how exactly your business is operating . It would also be a good idea to switch to this method if you haven’t already.

Switch to the accrual accounting method and get a better sense of how your business is operating – Check out The Ultimate Business Plan Guide! Tweet

business plan financial tables

So, you want to know why….

OK, well let’s pretend you run an outdoor activity center . You could receive a payment from a customer in April, but they aren’t coming to visit until July. If you were to use the accrual method, this wouldn’t be recognized until you’ve actually performed the service. This means that the revenue and the expense would not show up until July.

For a more accurate way to determine how your business is working, the accrual accounting method is definitely the best way to go!

Click on the download button to get your FREE Cash Flow template.

business plan financial tables

#3. Sales Forecast

Your Sales Forecast  deals with your projections of how much you think you will sell over a specific time (1 to 3 years, for example).

This element of your business plan is crucial , especially if you have investors involved. It needs to be a constant part of your business planning processes.

You need to create your sales forecast so it’s consistent with the sales number which is used in your Profit & Loss Statement.

Unfortunately, with sales forecasts , the formula of one size fitting all, doesn’t apply. All businesses have different needs, so how you choose to organize and segment your forecast will depend upon your type of business and just how thorough you want to be in tracking your sales.

business plan financial tables

Here are some helpful questions you can ask yourself:

  • How many customers do you think you’ll have?
  • What do you think you will charge them?
  • How often do you want to charge them?

It’s your choice as to how detailed your sales forecast is . You can simply summarize, if you want. But it’s important to have something in your business plan.

It’s useful for both planning and marketing if you break your sales forecasts into sections .

For example, for a restaurant owner, this could mean separating out your forecasts for both your lunch and dinner sales. For a health club, it could be useful to differentiate forecasts into single, joint or family memberships, sales from the club shop, restaurant etc. Or you could simply forecast every product individually.

Below is an example of the Sales forecast over one-year and five year period for an Ecommerce Store :

business plan financial tables

#4 Income statement or Profit & Loss Statement

An Income Statement of your profit & loss statement explains simply just how your company has made a profit (and in some circumstances, has made a loss).

It really is that simple…

business plan financial tables

In the table, it lists all of the revenue streams as well as your expenses. At the bottom, it calculates the total net profits or losses.

It’s a vital report and one you should be able to understand.

A typical income statement (P&L) should include:

  • Revenue (this is also referred to as your sales)
  • Your “COGS” ( Cost Of Goods Sold) or “cost of sale” – some companies might not have these (for example, services companies)
  • Gross margin , your revenue minus your costs of goods sold.

These components are the pillar of your business model – how you’ll make your money .

You also need to include a list of the operating expenses for your business . These are the costs of running your company (i.e., costs which aren’t incurred from making a sale). Examples are rent, insurance, etc.

To get your Operating Income, you simply minus your operating expenses from your gross margin:

business plan financial tables

Gross Margin – Operating Expenses = Operating Income

Your operating income is typically equivalent to your “earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization” (EBITDA). This is how much profit you have made before any tax or accounting obligations.

Your “bottom line” – which is your net income, is found right at the bottom of your income statement. This is your EBITDA minus the “ITDA”.

Operating Income – Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization Expenses = Net Income.

Click on the download button to get your FREE Profit & Loss template.

business plan financial tables

Below is an example of a profit and loss statement for an   Ecommerce  store:

business plan financial tables

#5 The Balance Sheet

business plan financial tables

The concept of a balance sheet is relatively straightforward. It is used to determine if the business has more assets rather than liabilities and in order to be financially healthy they must balance out. It will also highlight the company’s net worth, and usually, this information is gathered on a quarterly basis.

Both liabilities and assets are organized by time on a balance sheet. So, with assets, for example, the quicker that the business can turn an asset into cash, the higher it will place on the balance sheet. However, with liabilities, the quicker something needs paying, the higher up the item is placed. 

Assets = Liabilities + Equity

The total of your liabilities + total of your equity = Total of your assets.

Below you can see an example of an ecommerce store balance sheet:  

business plan financial tables

Click on the download button to get your FREE Balance Sheet template.

business plan financial tables

#6 How to put together your Personnel Plan

This is especially important if you are looking to have a lot of labor costs, rather than a solo entrepreneur.

It’s important to understand how your staff will affect your business.

It’s a great idea to list out any entire departments or offices so you can see exactly which department is costing the most.

The below example Personnel Statement is from an Advertising Agency Business Plan : 

business plan financial tables

#7 Conclusion

I can’t stress enough how important this section is when it comes to producing your Business Plan.

You must understand it!

You can always hire a bookkeeper or an accounting firm to produce these figures for you, but you need to be able to understand them as they are key to the growth of your business.

If you’re also sitting in front of an investor and are able to answer questions about your numbers, your chances of securing any funding is going to be much higher.

Additional Resources

Why not check out our other resources to help with your financial plan today!

  • How to do a Sales Forecast
  • What is a Balance Sheet and why is it important in your Business Plan?
  • How to Build a Profit and Loss Statement (Income Statement)
  • How to Forecast Cash Flow
  • The Difference Between Cash & Profits
  • Balance Sheet Template [Free Download]
  • Cash Flow Template [Free Download]
  • Profit and Loss Template [Free Download]

Now, over to you...

Now I’d love to hear from you:

Are you still unsure of which business plan you need?

Maybe you have written a business plan and would like us to review it?

Leave any comments below and I will be sure to answer as soon as they come in!

Useful Links

Leave a comment cancel reply.

business plan financial tables

WEEKLY GEMS

Sign up for weekly tips on how to improve your business

Step-by-Step Guide to Writing a Simple Business Plan

By Joe Weller | October 11, 2021

  • Share on Facebook
  • Share on LinkedIn

Link copied

A business plan is the cornerstone of any successful company, regardless of size or industry. This step-by-step guide provides information on writing a business plan for organizations at any stage, complete with free templates and expert advice. 

Included on this page, you’ll find a step-by-step guide to writing a business plan and a chart to identify which type of business plan you should write . Plus, find information on how a business plan can help grow a business and expert tips on writing one .

What Is a Business Plan?

A business plan is a document that communicates a company’s goals and ambitions, along with the timeline, finances, and methods needed to achieve them. Additionally, it may include a mission statement and details about the specific products or services offered.

A business plan can highlight varying time periods, depending on the stage of your company and its goals. That said, a typical business plan will include the following benchmarks:

  • Product goals and deadlines for each month
  • Monthly financials for the first two years
  • Profit and loss statements for the first three to five years
  • Balance sheet projections for the first three to five years

Startups, entrepreneurs, and small businesses all create business plans to use as a guide as their new company progresses. Larger organizations may also create (and update) a business plan to keep high-level goals, financials, and timelines in check.

While you certainly need to have a formalized outline of your business’s goals and finances, creating a business plan can also help you determine a company’s viability, its profitability (including when it will first turn a profit), and how much money you will need from investors. In turn, a business plan has functional value as well: Not only does outlining goals help keep you accountable on a timeline, it can also attract investors in and of itself and, therefore, act as an effective strategy for growth.

For more information, visit our comprehensive guide to writing a strategic plan or download free strategic plan templates . This page focuses on for-profit business plans, but you can read our article with nonprofit business plan templates .

Business Plan Steps

The specific information in your business plan will vary, depending on the needs and goals of your venture, but a typical plan includes the following ordered elements:

  • Executive summary
  • Description of business
  • Market analysis
  • Competitive analysis
  • Description of organizational management
  • Description of product or services
  • Marketing plan
  • Sales strategy
  • Funding details (or request for funding)
  • Financial projections

If your plan is particularly long or complicated, consider adding a table of contents or an appendix for reference. For an in-depth description of each step listed above, read “ How to Write a Business Plan Step by Step ” below.

Broadly speaking, your audience includes anyone with a vested interest in your organization. They can include potential and existing investors, as well as customers, internal team members, suppliers, and vendors.

Do I Need a Simple or Detailed Plan?

Your business’s stage and intended audience dictates the level of detail your plan needs. Corporations require a thorough business plan — up to 100 pages. Small businesses or startups should have a concise plan focusing on financials and strategy.

How to Choose the Right Plan for Your Business

In order to identify which type of business plan you need to create, ask: “What do we want the plan to do?” Identify function first, and form will follow.

Use the chart below as a guide for what type of business plan to create:

Function Audience Type of Business Plan
Serve as a loose guide of objectives and timeline Internal Lean
Serve as a detailed, brass-tacks blueprint of business goals and timeline Internal Traditional
Serve as a strategic document with a narrative focus on organization-wide goals, priorities, and vision Internal Strategic
Earn a company loan or grant External Traditional (with focus on financial documents)
Attract investors or partners External Traditional/strategic (with focus on financials, as well as support departments, such as marketing, sales, product, etc.)
To test a business or startup idea Internal Lean

Is the Order of Your Business Plan Important?

There is no set order for a business plan, with the exception of the executive summary, which should always come first. Beyond that, simply ensure that you organize the plan in a way that makes sense and flows naturally.

The Difference Between Traditional and Lean Business Plans

A traditional business plan follows the standard structure — because these plans encourage detail, they tend to require more work upfront and can run dozens of pages. A Lean business plan is less common and focuses on summarizing critical points for each section. These plans take much less work and typically run one page in length.

In general, you should use a traditional model for a legacy company, a large company, or any business that does not adhere to Lean (or another Agile method ). Use Lean if you expect the company to pivot quickly or if you already employ a Lean strategy with other business operations. Additionally, a Lean business plan can suffice if the document is for internal use only. Stick to a traditional version for investors, as they may be more sensitive to sudden changes or a high degree of built-in flexibility in the plan.

How to Write a Business Plan Step by Step

Writing a strong business plan requires research and attention to detail for each section. Below, you’ll find a 10-step guide to researching and defining each element in the plan.

Step 1: Executive Summary

The executive summary will always be the first section of your business plan. The goal is to answer the following questions:

  • What is the vision and mission of the company?
  • What are the company’s short- and long-term goals?

See our  roundup of executive summary examples and templates for samples. Read our executive summary guide to learn more about writing one.

Step 2: Description of Business

The goal of this section is to define the realm, scope, and intent of your venture. To do so, answer the following questions as clearly and concisely as possible:

  • What business are we in?
  • What does our business do?

Step 3: Market Analysis

In this section, provide evidence that you have surveyed and understand the current marketplace, and that your product or service satisfies a niche in the market. To do so, answer these questions:

  • Who is our customer? 
  • What does that customer value?

Step 4: Competitive Analysis

In many cases, a business plan proposes not a brand-new (or even market-disrupting) venture, but a more competitive version — whether via features, pricing, integrations, etc. — than what is currently available. In this section, answer the following questions to show that your product or service stands to outpace competitors:

  • Who is the competition? 
  • What do they do best? 
  • What is our unique value proposition?

Step 5: Description of Organizational Management

In this section, write an overview of the team members and other key personnel who are integral to success. List roles and responsibilities, and if possible, note the hierarchy or team structure.

Step 6: Description of Products or Services

In this section, clearly define your product or service, as well as all the effort and resources that go into producing it. The strength of your product largely defines the success of your business, so it’s imperative that you take time to test and refine the product before launching into marketing, sales, or funding details.

Questions to answer in this section are as follows:

  • What is the product or service?
  • How do we produce it, and what resources are necessary for production?

Step 7: Marketing Plan

In this section, define the marketing strategy for your product or service. This doesn’t need to be as fleshed out as a full marketing plan , but it should answer basic questions, such as the following:

  • Who is the target market (if different from existing customer base)?
  • What channels will you use to reach your target market?
  • What resources does your marketing strategy require, and do you have access to them?
  • If possible, do you have a rough estimate of timeline and budget?
  • How will you measure success?

Step 8: Sales Plan

Write an overview of the sales strategy, including the priorities of each cycle, steps to achieve these goals, and metrics for success. For the purposes of a business plan, this section does not need to be a comprehensive, in-depth sales plan , but can simply outline the high-level objectives and strategies of your sales efforts. 

Start by answering the following questions:

  • What is the sales strategy?
  • What are the tools and tactics you will use to achieve your goals?
  • What are the potential obstacles, and how will you overcome them?
  • What is the timeline for sales and turning a profit?
  • What are the metrics of success?

Step 9: Funding Details (or Request for Funding)

This section is one of the most critical parts of your business plan, particularly if you are sharing it with investors. You do not need to provide a full financial plan, but you should be able to answer the following questions:

  • How much capital do you currently have? How much capital do you need?
  • How will you grow the team (onboarding, team structure, training and development)?
  • What are your physical needs and constraints (space, equipment, etc.)?

Step 10: Financial Projections

Apart from the fundraising analysis, investors like to see thought-out financial projections for the future. As discussed earlier, depending on the scope and stage of your business, this could be anywhere from one to five years. 

While these projections won’t be exact — and will need to be somewhat flexible — you should be able to gauge the following:

  • How and when will the company first generate a profit?
  • How will the company maintain profit thereafter?

Business Plan Template

Business Plan Template

Download Business Plan Template

Microsoft Excel | Smartsheet

This basic business plan template has space for all the traditional elements: an executive summary, product or service details, target audience, marketing and sales strategies, etc. In the finances sections, input your baseline numbers, and the template will automatically calculate projections for sales forecasting, financial statements, and more.

For templates tailored to more specific needs, visit this business plan template roundup or download a fill-in-the-blank business plan template to make things easy. 

If you are looking for a particular template by file type, visit our pages dedicated exclusively to Microsoft Excel , Microsoft Word , and Adobe PDF business plan templates.

How to Write a Simple Business Plan

A simple business plan is a streamlined, lightweight version of the large, traditional model. As opposed to a one-page business plan , which communicates high-level information for quick overviews (such as a stakeholder presentation), a simple business plan can exceed one page.

Below are the steps for creating a generic simple business plan, which are reflected in the template below .

  • Write the Executive Summary This section is the same as in the traditional business plan — simply offer an overview of what’s in the business plan, the prospect or core offering, and the short- and long-term goals of the company. 
  • Add a Company Overview Document the larger company mission and vision. 
  • Provide the Problem and Solution In straightforward terms, define the problem you are attempting to solve with your product or service and how your company will attempt to do it. Think of this section as the gap in the market you are attempting to close.
  • Identify the Target Market Who is your company (and its products or services) attempting to reach? If possible, briefly define your buyer personas .
  • Write About the Competition In this section, demonstrate your knowledge of the market by listing the current competitors and outlining your competitive advantage.
  • Describe Your Product or Service Offerings Get down to brass tacks and define your product or service. What exactly are you selling?
  • Outline Your Marketing Tactics Without getting into too much detail, describe your planned marketing initiatives.
  • Add a Timeline and the Metrics You Will Use to Measure Success Offer a rough timeline, including milestones and key performance indicators (KPIs) that you will use to measure your progress.
  • Include Your Financial Forecasts Write an overview of your financial plan that demonstrates you have done your research and adequate modeling. You can also list key assumptions that go into this forecasting. 
  • Identify Your Financing Needs This section is where you will make your funding request. Based on everything in the business plan, list your proposed sources of funding, as well as how you will use it.

Simple Business Plan Template

Simple Business Plan Template

Download Simple Business Plan Template

Microsoft Excel |  Microsoft Word | Adobe PDF  | Smartsheet

Use this simple business plan template to outline each aspect of your organization, including information about financing and opportunities to seek out further funding. This template is completely customizable to fit the needs of any business, whether it’s a startup or large company.

Read our article offering free simple business plan templates or free 30-60-90-day business plan templates to find more tailored options. You can also explore our collection of one page business templates . 

How to Write a Business Plan for a Lean Startup

A Lean startup business plan is a more Agile approach to a traditional version. The plan focuses more on activities, processes, and relationships (and maintains flexibility in all aspects), rather than on concrete deliverables and timelines.

While there is some overlap between a traditional and a Lean business plan, you can write a Lean plan by following the steps below:

  • Add Your Value Proposition Take a streamlined approach to describing your product or service. What is the unique value your startup aims to deliver to customers? Make sure the team is aligned on the core offering and that you can state it in clear, simple language.
  • List Your Key Partners List any other businesses you will work with to realize your vision, including external vendors, suppliers, and partners. This section demonstrates that you have thoughtfully considered the resources you can provide internally, identified areas for external assistance, and conducted research to find alternatives.
  • Note the Key Activities Describe the key activities of your business, including sourcing, production, marketing, distribution channels, and customer relationships.
  • Include Your Key Resources List the critical resources — including personnel, equipment, space, and intellectual property — that will enable you to deliver your unique value.
  • Identify Your Customer Relationships and Channels In this section, document how you will reach and build relationships with customers. Provide a high-level map of the customer experience from start to finish, including the spaces in which you will interact with the customer (online, retail, etc.). 
  • Detail Your Marketing Channels Describe the marketing methods and communication platforms you will use to identify and nurture your relationships with customers. These could be email, advertising, social media, etc.
  • Explain the Cost Structure This section is especially necessary in the early stages of a business. Will you prioritize maximizing value or keeping costs low? List the foundational startup costs and how you will move toward profit over time.
  • Share Your Revenue Streams Over time, how will the company make money? Include both the direct product or service purchase, as well as secondary sources of revenue, such as subscriptions, selling advertising space, fundraising, etc.

Lean Business Plan Template for Startups

Lean Business Plan Templates for Startups

Download Lean Business Plan Template for Startups

Microsoft Word | Adobe PDF

Startup leaders can use this Lean business plan template to relay the most critical information from a traditional plan. You’ll find all the sections listed above, including spaces for industry and product overviews, cost structure and sources of revenue, and key metrics, and a timeline. The template is completely customizable, so you can edit it to suit the objectives of your Lean startups.

See our wide variety of  startup business plan templates for more options.

How to Write a Business Plan for a Loan

A business plan for a loan, often called a loan proposal , includes many of the same aspects of a traditional business plan, as well as additional financial documents, such as a credit history, a loan request, and a loan repayment plan.

In addition, you may be asked to include personal and business financial statements, a form of collateral, and equity investment information.

Download free financial templates to support your business plan.

Tips for Writing a Business Plan

Outside of including all the key details in your business plan, you have several options to elevate the document for the highest chance of winning funding and other resources. Follow these tips from experts:.

  • Keep It Simple: Avner Brodsky , the Co-Founder and CEO of Lezgo Limited, an online marketing company, uses the acronym KISS (keep it short and simple) as a variation on this idea. “The business plan is not a college thesis,” he says. “Just focus on providing the essential information.”
  • Do Adequate Research: Michael Dean, the Co-Founder of Pool Research , encourages business leaders to “invest time in research, both internal and external (market, finance, legal etc.). Avoid being overly ambitious or presumptive. Instead, keep everything objective, balanced, and accurate.” Your plan needs to stand on its own, and you must have the data to back up any claims or forecasting you make. As Brodsky explains, “Your business needs to be grounded on the realities of the market in your chosen location. Get the most recent data from authoritative sources so that the figures are vetted by experts and are reliable.”
  • Set Clear Goals: Make sure your plan includes clear, time-based goals. “Short-term goals are key to momentum growth and are especially important to identify for new businesses,” advises Dean.
  • Know (and Address) Your Weaknesses: “This awareness sets you up to overcome your weak points much quicker than waiting for them to arise,” shares Dean. Brodsky recommends performing a full SWOT analysis to identify your weaknesses, too. “Your business will fare better with self-knowledge, which will help you better define the mission of your business, as well as the strategies you will choose to achieve your objectives,” he adds.
  • Seek Peer or Mentor Review: “Ask for feedback on your drafts and for areas to improve,” advises Brodsky. “When your mind is filled with dreams for your business, sometimes it is an outsider who can tell you what you’re missing and will save your business from being a product of whimsy.”

Outside of these more practical tips, the language you use is also important and may make or break your business plan.

Shaun Heng, VP of Operations at Coin Market Cap , gives the following advice on the writing, “Your business plan is your sales pitch to an investor. And as with any sales pitch, you need to strike the right tone and hit a few emotional chords. This is a little tricky in a business plan, because you also need to be formal and matter-of-fact. But you can still impress by weaving in descriptive language and saying things in a more elegant way.

“A great way to do this is by expanding your vocabulary, avoiding word repetition, and using business language. Instead of saying that something ‘will bring in as many customers as possible,’ try saying ‘will garner the largest possible market segment.’ Elevate your writing with precise descriptive words and you'll impress even the busiest investor.”

Additionally, Dean recommends that you “stay consistent and concise by keeping your tone and style steady throughout, and your language clear and precise. Include only what is 100 percent necessary.”

Resources for Writing a Business Plan

While a template provides a great outline of what to include in a business plan, a live document or more robust program can provide additional functionality, visibility, and real-time updates. The U.S. Small Business Association also curates resources for writing a business plan.

Additionally, you can use business plan software to house data, attach documentation, and share information with stakeholders. Popular options include LivePlan, Enloop, BizPlanner, PlanGuru, and iPlanner.

How a Business Plan Helps to Grow Your Business

A business plan — both the exercise of creating one and the document — can grow your business by helping you to refine your product, target audience, sales plan, identify opportunities, secure funding, and build new partnerships. 

Outside of these immediate returns, writing a business plan is a useful exercise in that it forces you to research the market, which prompts you to forge your unique value proposition and identify ways to beat the competition. Doing so will also help you build (and keep you accountable to) attainable financial and product milestones. And down the line, it will serve as a welcome guide as hurdles inevitably arise.

Streamline Your Business Planning Activities with Real-Time Work Management in Smartsheet

Empower your people to go above and beyond with a flexible platform designed to match the needs of your team — and adapt as those needs change. 

The Smartsheet platform makes it easy to plan, capture, manage, and report on work from anywhere, helping your team be more effective and get more done. Report on key metrics and get real-time visibility into work as it happens with roll-up reports, dashboards, and automated workflows built to keep your team connected and informed. 

When teams have clarity into the work getting done, there’s no telling how much more they can accomplish in the same amount of time.  Try Smartsheet for free, today.

Discover why over 90% of Fortune 100 companies trust Smartsheet to get work done.

We use essential cookies to make Venngage work. By clicking “Accept All Cookies”, you agree to the storing of cookies on your device to enhance site navigation, analyze site usage, and assist in our marketing efforts.

Manage Cookies

Cookies and similar technologies collect certain information about how you’re using our website. Some of them are essential, and without them you wouldn’t be able to use Venngage. But others are optional, and you get to choose whether we use them or not.

Strictly Necessary Cookies

These cookies are always on, as they’re essential for making Venngage work, and making it safe. Without these cookies, services you’ve asked for can’t be provided.

Show cookie providers

  • Google Login

Functionality Cookies

These cookies help us provide enhanced functionality and personalisation, and remember your settings. They may be set by us or by third party providers.

Performance Cookies

These cookies help us analyze how many people are using Venngage, where they come from and how they're using it. If you opt out of these cookies, we can’t get feedback to make Venngage better for you and all our users.

  • Google Analytics

Targeting Cookies

These cookies are set by our advertising partners to track your activity and show you relevant Venngage ads on other sites as you browse the internet.

  • Google Tag Manager
  • Infographics
  • Daily Infographics
  • Popular Templates
  • Accessibility
  • Graphic Design
  • Graphs and Charts
  • Data Visualization
  • Human Resources
  • Beginner Guides

Blog Business What is A Business Plan & How To Design It?

What is A Business Plan & How To Design It?

Written by: Midori Nediger Jul 11, 2023

Business Plan Blog Header

A business plan outlines the goals of your business and how it plans to achieve them.

Real important – because without it, it’s like running a business in the dark. It’s like a roadmap that guides your company’s direction and helps everyone stay on track.

Gone are the days when designing a business plan from scratch was a time-consuming and challenging task. Today, business plan templates offer a convenient solution by providing pre-designed layouts that simplify the process.

In this blog, I’m going to break it down for you. I’ll share the six things you need to know to put together a compelling, engaging business plan. Ready to get started now? Venngage’s online Business Plan Maker  lets anyone create a winning business plan quickly and easily.

Click to jump ahead:

  • How to format your business plan

Startup business plan templates

Simple business plan templates.

  • How to write your business plan
  • How to design an engaging executive summary
  • How to use charts and graphs to present data
  • How to communicate growth strategies in your business plan

How to present financial data in your business plan

How to format your business plan.

To format your business plan:

  • Start with a clear title page.
  • Include an executive summary.
  • Provide a company description.
  • Conduct a market analysis.
  • Describe your product or service offering.
  • Outline your marketing and sales strategy.
  • Include organizational or business structure and management information.

A typical business plan is an in-depth document and covers every facet of your business (present and future). Creating a traditional business plan makes sense when you have a clear growth plan for the next three to five years, are in need of major funding, or want to attract long-term partners.  

A professional business plan typically has the following sections: 

  • Table of Contents
  • Executive summary
  • Company description
  • Market analysis
  • Organization and management
  • Service or product line
  • Marketing and sales
  • Funding request
  • Financial projections
  • An appendix

A business plan can span a dozen or more pages because it presents the big picture, as complete as possible, to reassure others to invest in you. Investment can mean a few different things – usually financial, but also as partners or employees. 

The sections that can take a lot of research and add to the bulk of your business plan are your market analysis, marketing and sales plans, and financial projections. 

These are the sections that demonstrate your business acumen, your long-term vision, and your accountability. Whereas, sections like the executive summary are meant to grab attention, inspire and get people excited about your business. 

Start with a business plan template

To get started on your business plan, save yourself some time and use a template.

Most business plan templates will include things like a cover page, table of contents and the main sections you need. It will also have pre-formatted pages with placeholder text and charts that you can swap out. 

Green Simple Business Plan Template

It takes time to do market research, present growth plans, put together financial projections, analyze your customer base, create competitor breakdowns…the list goes on.

The last thing you want to do is spend precious time formatting the resulting document. 

Save time by building your business plan from an existing business plan template, and customize it with your own content.

With a clean, consistent structure and clear headings, this template is the perfect starting point:

business plan template

Then you’re free to customize the template with helpful visual elements like charts, tables, and diagrams, that will make your business pitch impossible to resist.

A Venngage business plan template is designed to help you communicate visually  and explain complex ideas easily. The right business plan template for you depends on the length and detail of your business plan, your brand and style, and the different sections you want to cover.

If your small business doesn’t have a dedicated design team, but you still need to learn how to write a business plan to present to investors–build off of a pre-designed business plan template:

Simple Business Plan TemplateSimple Business Plan Template

There are just a handful of our business plan templates that can be customized in the Venngage editor. Browse more business plan templates,  choose one that’s best for you and start editing right away.

Structuring your startup business plan involves organizing it into sections such as executive summary, company description, market analysis, product/service offering, marketing and sales strategy, financial projections, and operational plan.

Here are some business plan template examples:

startup business plan template

Short Business Plan Template

short business plan template

Number your pages and include a table of contents

A table of contents is crucial to help readers navigate your document and quickly find specific sections that are of interest to them.

It’s a good idea to include page numbers, main section headings, and section subheadings here for easy reference.

business plan template

Keeping these tips in mind will ensure that your business plan design feels clean and professional and doesn’t distract from your content. You want your information, not your formatting, to be the focus!

How to write your business plan 

Here are three tips for writing your business plan to ensure it’s easy to read, appears professional and is memorable.

Use bulleted lists, bold text, and a clear type hierarchy for ‘skimmability’

Business plans need to be understandable at a glance to attract funding . Investors are looking for information that will help them understand your business quickly and without much effort.

Take a look at this snippet of the business plan template from above:

business plan

What stands out to you?

To me, the large green headers pop out first, making it easy to scan through the sections to find what I want to focus on.

This is because there’s a defined type hierarchy, giving more visual weight to the headers over the body text.

business plan

Next, the unique selling points of this business–superior quality products, unique glass carving and brass inlays, and excellent service–jump out. Because they’re presented in an indented list , they’re easier to see at a glance, which will likely make them more memorable.

Finally, I’m drawn to the bolded stats–“top 30% of the industry” and “4 out of 5 households spent money on renovation”.

Key statistics like these can go a long way towards convincing your investors that you’re worth their time and money. If you’re going to include them within larger paragraphs, make sure they stand out by increasing their font weight.

To sum up: make your report skimmable. Draw attention to important takeaways with indented lists, bolded text, and a clear type hierarchy.

Consider using a one-column or two-column grid

business plan

If your business plan contains only text, stick with a single-column layout that reinforces the linear flow of the document. If your business plan includes some supporting data in the form of charts and tables, use a two-column layout to juxtapose text with its corresponding data.

Maintain page margins that set text at a readable line length

When we read long passages of text, the ease at which we read depends on how the text flows on the page. Something called line length (the number of characters in a horizontal line of text) plays a huge role in readability, and is something you should consider when formatting your business plan.

To dictate line length, designers and typesetters play with the width of page margins (the edges of a document that don’t contain any text or images) with the aim of maximizing readability.

It’s generally accepted that the ideal line length sits somewhere between 40 and 90 characters per line. Any longer or shorter and you’ll find that something feels “off” about your document.

business plan

How do you achieve this in your business plan?

If you use a single-column layout, use nice wide margins (1 ½ to 2 inches) to limit your text to less than 90 characters per line.

business plan template

With a two-column layout, you might need to use narrower margins (possibly as little as ½ an inch on either side) to make sure there’s enough space for at least 40 characters per line of text.

business plan template

The last thing to remember about margins and line length–don’t play around with them from page to page. Use consistent margins across your whole document.

How to design an executive summary

An executive summary is a snapshot of your business plan. It should be concise and hook your readers. It should reassure stakeholders that your business plan will be a worthwhile read.

How you choose to structure your executive summary is key. You can deliver a lot of excellent information that simply gets lost in a sea of text and paragraphs. Even if someone reads through it entirely, they may have missed something.

To make key information stand out, use vibrant headings, incorporate visuals throughout, and break up the layout of your text.

Executive Summary Business Plan Template

Not every investor looks for the same thing. Some will care more about who you or your executive team are, while another is interested solely in the financials of the business. Identifying each section makes it easy for readers to find exactly what they’re looking for.

You can also list out the key takeaways, briefly explaining them in the executive summary. If your reader finds everything they needed to know in the executive summary, they’ll happily move onto the rest of the business plan.

Executive Summary Blue Business Plan Template

Use one feature color to tie your business plan together

Color should be used with restraint in professional documents like business plans. Instead of adding color solely for aesthetic purposes, think of color selection as another tool to highlight information you want your reader to focus on and to tie the document together.

You shouldn’t need more than a single color (ideally one of your brand colors ) to achieve this in a business plan.

In business plan charts, color should be used only to clarify trends and relationships. Use color to emphasize single important data points, differentiate between real and projected values, or group related data:

business plan template

In the rest of your business plan, keep color to a minimum. At most, use it to make headers stand out or to highlight key points in long-form text, diagrams, or tables.

The nice thing about keeping document colors this simple? It’s hard to mess up, and without any complex design work, it creates a sense of cohesion and unity within a document.

How to use charts and graphs to present your data

Since your business plan should be backed by solid data, you might want to include some of that data as evidence, in the form of  charts, tables or diagrams . Even simple visuals can communicate better than long paragraphs of text.

I’ll touch on some specific types of charts commonly used in business plans next, but first let’s review a few general chart design tactics.

Use descriptive titles and annotations to spell out chart takeaways

Avoid generic headers whenever possible. Maximize your chart’s value and impact by providing takeaway messages right in the title.

business plan

In the same vein, add direct annotations to data points or trends that support your case.

business plan

Repeating key messages within a chart, in the title, annotations, and captions, may improve viewers understanding and recall of those messages .

Aid understanding of market size and market share with area charts and pie charts

A market potential analysis is a fundamental pillar of your business plan. Market size and market share are two major components of a market potential analysis.

These numbers are typically in the millions and billions (the bigger the better, really), but most people have trouble grasping the meaning of such big numbers . At a surface level we can understand that one billion is one thousand times larger than one million, but we often struggle to comprehend what that really means.

This is the perfect opportunity to add some visual aids to your business plan.

Use bubble charts to represent market size

Bubble charts are useful for showing general proportions among numbers. Check out this one from our redesigned version of AirBnb’s first pitch deck :

business plan

Without having to think about the absolute values of these very large numbers, we can quickly see how they relate to one another.

While bubble charts are good for making quick, general comparisons, they’re less useful when it comes to precise measurements. To help readers make slightly more accurate judgements of proportion:

Use pie or donut charts to represent market share and market composition

Pie and donut charts are the industry standard for showing market share and market composition, since they’re the most widely understood method for representing part-to-whole relationships.

The way Uber breaks down their market with a simple donut chart makes their biggest segment (a key takeaway) really stand out, while the subtler differences between the smaller segments are still evident.

business plan

When you present a market analysis, use pie charts, donut charts, or bubble charts to aid the reader understanding proportions and part-to-whole relationships.

Use histograms and bar charts to represent demographic distributions in market segmentation summaries

Another part of analyzing market potential is about identifying and understanding target customers. This means segmenting customers by geography, interests, demographics…really anything that might affect purchasing behaviour.

Two standard metrics that most businesses include in a market segmentation summary are customer age and gender. These data are easily summarized in a histogram, with bars that represent age group distribution.

business plan template

Bar charts can then be used to contrast the key behaviors and lifestyle choices of the top consumer segments.

business plan template

Histograms and bar charts are standard features of a market segmentation summary. Use them together to identify and present information about top customer segments.

Outline major milestones with a Gantt chart

Stakeholders will want to see that you have a concrete plan in place to help you reach your revenue goals. When formulating your goals, use the SMART principle to provide your stakeholders with a very clear vision of how you intend to achieve them. 

Use a Gantt chart (a sort of modified bar chart) to outline the major milestones and phases of your business strategy. Try to include a multi-year plan, broken down by quarter and by project or department.

business plan

You can create your own Gantt chart with Venngage.

How to communicate growth strategies in your business plan

No matter how impressive your product line or services, your business won’t just magically grow. You concrete marketing and sales plans in place, and effectively communicate strategies to your stakeholders.

Start by acknowledging your target market – who are you going after? This is what your marketing and sales efforts will revolve around after all.

Demonstrate an understanding of the competitor landscape. You will always have direct or indirect competition, and showing how your planning accounts for it is key. Then you can talk about actual plans and strategies you wish to implement.

Present your target audience with persona guides

A product may great on its own. But its value is determined when there is a clear and obvious market for it. You can point out shortcomings of your competition, but you also need to show that your target audience exists and how you’re serving them.

A persona guide provides a great deal of context to readers of your business plan. It’s the best way for them to understand who cares about your product or service, how it aligns with their lifestyle and needs, and why your marketing and sales tactics will work.

Business Plan Persona Guide Template

A persona guide needs to be detailed, and share an intimate understanding of your target audience. The more you can divulge, the more reassuring your research and overall business plan will be.

Business Plan Detailed Persona Guide Template

Even if you don’t have a substantial customer base, you can still create an ideal persona guide to show who you’re pursuing.

Business Plan Ideal Persona Guide Template

Highlight competitors and differentiate yourself with a SWOT analysis

Every business plan should include an analysis of the competitive landscape–an assessment of the strengths and weaknesses of competitive businesses.

In terms of visuals, this competitive analysis is typically summarized in a SWOT analysis matrix .

Business Plan SWOT Analysis Template

You can also present the SWOT analysis as a table or a list. The layout is up to you, but you want to focus on strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats in relation to your competition.

Business Plan SWOT analysis Table Template

While the SWOT analysis framework provides valuable insights, it’s not the entire reflection of your competitive landscape. For example, it doesn’t make it easy to see at a glance the qualities that differentiate your business from your competitors.

To highlight those offerings that set you apart from your competitors, a comparison matrix is more effective. Take a look at these two templates:

Business Plan Competitor Comparison Template

With a direct competitor comparison, it’s easy to present the key differentiators between the existing options for a product or service, and your business.

Alternatively, a “ Magic Quadrant ” can be useful when you’re focused on comparing across two main metrics ( key differentiators ):

business plan

Finally, in a competitive market, there are going to be a lot of players who compete directly or indirectly with you.  A breakdown of them all may not be necessary. Instead, you can point visually to the space that you will address, that has been so far ignored up to now.

To do that, a prioritization chart can be used. By plotting competing businesses on a prioritization chart, you highlight experiences existing competitors focus on, and where your business falls. 

business plan

Use roadmaps to present your marketing and sales plans

To explain any long-term marketing or sales plan, you want visuals. It’s easier to break down strategies you’ll be deploying every month or each quarter, when you can actually show what you’re talking about.

Keep in mind, those reading your business plan may not be marketers or sales executives. Being able to lay out your approach in a way that’s organized, shows how much thought you’ve given to your growth strategies.

You can design a simple roadmap that points to what you’ll be doing throughout the year. The more detailed you can get, the better.

Business Plan Marketing roadmap Template

You can also present your product roadmap , with your marketing roadmap how the business will be growing overall.

Business Plan Product Roadmap Template

You don’t need to use a traditional roadmap layout, either. Experiment with different formats as you may find one easier to work with than another. As long as the time period for different strategies is clear, your roadmap will be easy to understand.

Business Plan Marketing Roadmap Template

Presenting financial data isn’t easy. You have to crunch a lot of numbers before you can share projections with confidence. You’ll also need to explain how you arrived at the numbers and prepare for your answers.

Understanding how to organize your information is key to walking potential investors and other stakeholders through your projections.

Use organizational flow charts and summary tables for budget breakdowns and financial summaries

The financials section of your business plan will get a lot of attention from stakeholders. Simple bar charts and pie charts won’t suffice, as they can’t present financial data in very much detail.

If your business has already been operating for some time, stakeholders will expect a detailed report of revenues and expenses. Tables are usually the best choice for this kind of financial summary, as they provide an unbiased view of the numbers and allow stakeholders to look up specific values.

business plan templates

If you’re interested in highlighting a particular trend, however, you may want to include a line chart featuring a smaller snapshot of your financial data:

business plan templates

If you’re just starting your business and you don’t have any detailed revenue data, you can still provide useful information about your budget. Outline higher-level budget allocation with an organizational flow chart .

business plan

Use line or bar graphs to visualize financial trends

You can use different types of graphs to also show how your business has performed thus far. 

You can share results over the course of a year with a line graph. This is effective to show an overall set of trends and growth rates. 

Business Plan Sales Chart Template

You can also compare previous years to highlight how your business has grown.

Your audience should be able to draw conclusions from your data within seconds. If there is simply too much information, or it’s hard to find important information, they will lose interest. 

Business Plan Revenue Projection Template

Looking for a business plan software to help save time and reduce errors? Pick from one of these 7 best business plan software to get started.

A quick summary 

A business plan is the one key document that every young business needs to present their vision to potential investors and other stakeholders.

The quality of a business plan can make or break a young business Here’s a quick recap of what we covered for you to keep in mind:

  • Get started with a template
  • Use a table of contents and numbered pages
  • Use lists, bold headings and aim for skimmability
  • Consider using a one-column or two-column
  • Maintain page margins
  • Use headings to identify the most important information
  • Use one thematic color palette for your design
  • Use descriptive titles and annotations
  • Use area and pie charts to explain market size and market share
  • Use pie/donut charts to visualize marketing share and market composition
  • Use bar charts and histograms to capture demographics data
  • Highlight major milestones with a gantt chart
  • Identify your target audience using persona guides
  • Differentiate yourself with a SWOT analysis/competitor chart
  • Use roadmaps to visualize your marketing and sales plans
  • Use flow charts and summary tables for financial breakdowns
  • Use line or bar graphs for financial trends and projection

You can always reference this post as you work on your business plan. I’ve also included additional blog posts you can reference for specific areas of your business plan.

More Resources for business planning and growth:

  • Growth Strategy Checklist: Plan Your Business Goals With These 5 Templates
  • What is a Marketing Plan & How to Create One [with Examples]
  • How to Communicate Strategy To Your Team Effectively
  • 50+ Essential Business Report Examples with Templates

Discover popular designs

business plan financial tables

Infographic maker

business plan financial tables

Brochure maker

business plan financial tables

White paper online

business plan financial tables

Newsletter creator

business plan financial tables

Flyer maker

business plan financial tables

Timeline maker

business plan financial tables

Letterhead maker

business plan financial tables

Mind map maker

business plan financial tables

Ebook maker

IMAGES

  1. How to Write a Business Plan in 9 Steps

    business plan financial tables

  2. 50 Professional Financial Plan Templates [Personal & Business] ᐅ

    business plan financial tables

  3. 5 Financial Plan Templates Excel

    business plan financial tables

  4. How to Write a Financial Plan for Your Business Plan in 2024

    business plan financial tables

  5. Small Business Financial Plan Template

    business plan financial tables

  6. Financial Plan Template

    business plan financial tables

VIDEO

  1. INTERFINN BUSINESS COLLEGE

  2. Business Plan How to Create a Comprehensive Financial Plan #shorts

  3. Mastering Business Success: Unveiling Revenue Assumptions and Strategic Planning 🚀📊

  4. My Business Plan

  5. Business Plan Part 2| WBS Business Solutions|Business Planning Service Provider

  6. Ресторан, кафе, столовая

COMMENTS

  1. Business Plan Financial Templates

    This financial plan projections template comes as a set of pro forma templates designed to help startups. The template set includes a 12-month profit and loss statement, a balance sheet, and a cash flow statement for you to detail the current and projected financial position of a business. Download Startup Financial Projections Template.

  2. How to Write the Financial Section of a Business Plan

    Use the numbers that you put in your sales forecast, expense projections, and cash flow statement. "Sales, lest cost of sales, is gross margin," Berry says. "Gross margin, less expenses, interest ...

  3. How to Prepare a Financial Plan for Startup Business (w/ example)

    Learn the key components of a financial plan for your startup, such as income statement, cash flow statement, balance sheet, and break-even analysis. Get a free template and tips to create a financial section of your business plan.

  4. How to Write a Financial Plan: Budget and Forecasts

    Financial ratios and metrics. With your financial statements and forecasts in place, you have all the numbers needed to calculate insightful financial ratios. While including these metrics in your financial plan for a business plan is entirely optional, having them easily accessible can be valuable for tracking your performance and overall ...

  5. Crafting Your Business Plan Financials: A Step-by-Step Guide

    Maintaining a Healthy Balance Sheet Over Time. Step 4: Forecasting Cash Flow. Why Cash Flow is Your Business's Weather Forecast. Step-by-Step Method for Creating a Cash Flow Forecast. My Great Cash Flow Mishap. Step 5: Bringing It All Together for Financial Analysis. How to Use Your Financials to Calculate Key Ratios.

  6. How To Create Financial Projections for Your Business Plan

    Collect relevant historical financial data and market analysis. Forecast expenses. Forecast sales. Build financial projections. The following five steps can help you break down the process of developing financial projections for your company: 1. Identify the purpose and timeframe for your projections.

  7. Guide to Writing a Financial Plan for a Business

    Balance Sheet. The balance sheet portion of the financial plan aims to give an idea of what the business will be worth, considering all its assets and liabilities, at a future date. To do this, it uses figures from the income statement and cash flow statement. The essence of a balance sheet is found in the equation: Liabilities + Equity = Assets.

  8. Business Plan Example and Template

    A business plan is a document that contains the operational and financial plan of a business, and details how its objectives will be achieved. It serves as a road map for the business and can be used when pitching investors or financial institutions for debt or equity financing. A business plan should follow a standard format and contain all ...

  9. How to Write a Business Plan: Guide + Examples

    Most business plans also include financial forecasts for the future. These set sales goals, budget for expenses, and predict profits and cash flow. A good business plan is much more than just a document that you write once and forget about. It's also a guide that helps you outline and achieve your goals. After completing your plan, you can ...

  10. How to Write a Business Plan (Plus Examples & Templates)

    How to Write a Business Plan Step 1. Create a Cover Page. The first thing investors will see is the cover page for your business plan. Make sure it looks professional. A great cover page shows that you think about first impressions. A good business plan should have the following elements on a cover page:

  11. Business Plan Essentials: Writing the Financial Plan

    The financial section of your business plan determines whether or not your business idea is viable and will be the focus of any investors who may be attracted to your business idea. The financial section is composed of four financial statements: the income statement, the cash flow projection, the balance sheet, and the statement of shareholders ...

  12. The Complete Financial Section of the Business Plan with Examples

    The financial section of the business plan can be developed by you or an accountant. At any rate, the structure of the financial section generally includes the following items; A. Introduction to the Financial Plan. B. Forecasted Financial Statements. C. Notes to the Forecasted Financial Statements.

  13. Basics Of A Business Plan Financials Section

    3. Equity: Total assets minus total liabilities (Assets = liabilities + equity.) Analysis. It's good to offer readers an analysis of the three basic financial statements — how they fit ...

  14. How to Write a Business Plan in 9 Steps (+ Template and Examples)

    1. Create Your Executive Summary. The executive summary is a snapshot of your business or a high-level overview of your business purposes and plans. Although the executive summary is the first section in your business plan, most people write it last. The length of the executive summary is not more than two pages.

  15. Write your business plan

    A good business plan guides you through each stage of starting and managing your business. You'll use your business plan as a roadmap for how to structure, run, and grow your new business. It's a way to think through the key elements of your business. Business plans can help you get funding or bring on new business partners.

  16. How To Write A Business Plan (2024 Guide)

    Describe Your Services or Products. The business plan should have a section that explains the services or products that you're offering. This is the part where you can also describe how they fit ...

  17. 16 Impressive Business Plan Templates to Show Investors

    9. Denim Business Plan Template. Create your Business Plan with this easy-to-edit template Edit and Download. Dress your business plan in the fabric of your trade with this denim business plan template. The classic denim texture and patterns capture the true essence of your brand and draw your audience's attention.

  18. Free Business Plan Templates in Excel

    Sample 30-60-90-Day Business Plan for Startup in Excel. This 90-day business plan is designed for startup companies to develop a 90-day action plan. This template gives you room to outline the following: main goals and deliverables for each 30-day increment; key business activities; task ownership; and deadlines.

  19. Financial Projection Templates to Help You with Planning

    A financial projection is an estimate of future revenue, expenses and profits for a business. It helps decision-makers plan and strategize based on these predicted financial outcomes. The critical elements of a financial projection are the income statements, cash flow and balance sheet. Choose from Visme's financial projection and budget ...

  20. Creating a Small Business Financial Plan

    Every financial plan comprises several core components that, together, provide a holistic view of a business's financial health and direction. These include setting clear objectives, estimating costs, preparing financial statements, and considering sources of financing. Each component plays a pivotal role in ensuring a thorough and actionable ...

  21. How to write your business plan

    Learn how to create a financial forecast for your business plan using online software, templates and examples. Find out what financial tables are needed and how to use them to show your profitability and cash flow.

  22. 5 Financial Plan (Must Haves) & How to Write one

    Sales Forecast. #4 Income statement or Profit & Loss Statement. #5 The Balance Sheet. #6 How to put together your Personnel Plan. #7 Conclusion. Useful Links. I know that the financial plan can feel like the most intimidating part of putting a business plan together. Like many other business owners, you may not have a degree in accounting or ...

  23. How to Write a Simple Business Plan

    A business plan is a document that communicates a company's goals and ambitions, along with the timeline, finances, and methods needed to achieve them. Additionally, it may include a mission statement and details about the specific products or services offered. A business plan can highlight varying time periods, depending on the stage of your company and its goals.

  24. What is A Business Plan & How To Design It?

    Jul 11, 2023. A business plan outlines the goals of your business and how it plans to achieve them. Real important - because without it, it's like running a business in the dark. It's like a roadmap that guides your company's direction and helps everyone stay on track. Gone are the days when designing a business plan from scratch was a ...